You are on page 1of 138

Rod Type

Rod Type

RCP3 RCP2
RCP3-RA2AC RCP2-RA3C

ERC2 RCA2
RCP2-RGS4C

RCA RCS2
RCP2-RGD4C RCP2-SRA4R RCP2-RA10C

RCA2-RP3N

RCA2-GS3N

RCA2-GD3N

RCA2-SD3N

ERC2-RA6C

RCA-RA4C

RCA-RA4D

RCA-RA4R

RCA-RGS4C

RCA-RGD4C

RCS2-RA5C Mini Rod Type Coupling Type

RCS2-SRA7BD 22mm 28mm 22mm 28mm Width Width Width Width

RCS2-RA13R RCP3-RA2AC RCP3-RA2BC RCP3-RA2AR RCP3-RA2BR RCP2-RA2C RCP2-RA3C RCP2-RA4C RCP2-RA6C RCP2-RA10C RCP2-SRA4R RCP2-RGS4C RCP2-RGS6C RCP2-SRGS4R RCP2-RGD3C RCP2-RGD4C RCP2-RGD6C RCP2-SRGD4R

RCP3
Pulse Motor Type

series

Side-Mounted Motor Type

131 133 135 137 139 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163

Standard Type

Coupling Type

RCP2
series
Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Single-Guide Type Coupling Type Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Double-Guide Type Coupling Type Pulse Motor Type

Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type

25mm Width 35mm Width 45mm Width 64mm Width 100mm Width 45mm Width 45mm Width 64mm Width 45mm Width 35mm Width 45mm Width 64mm Width 45mm Width

129

Rod type

Rod Type
Rod Type Standard Type Single-Guide Type Double-Guide Type 58mm 68mm 58mm 68mm 58mm 68mm Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width Width ERC2-RA6C ERC2-RA7C ERC2-RGS6C ERC2-RGS7C ERC2-RGD6C ERC2-RGD7C RCA2-RN3N RCA2-RN4N RCA2-RP3N RCA2-RP4N RCA2-GS3N RCA2-GS4N RCA2-GD3N RCA2-GD4N RCA2-SD3N RCA2-SD4N RCA-RA3C RCA-RA4C RCA-RA3D RCA-RA4D RCA-RA3R RCA-RA4R RCA-SRA4R RCA-RGS3C RCA-RGS4C RCA-RGS3D RCA-RGS4D RCA-SRGS4R RCA-RGD3C RCA-RGD4C RCA-RGD3D RCA-RGD4D RCA-RGD3R RCA-RGD4R RCA-SRGD4R RCS2-RA4C RCS2-RA5C RCS2-RA4D RCS2-SRA7BD RCS2-RA4R RCS2-RA5R RCS2-RA13R RCS2-RGS4C RCS2-RGS5C RCS2-RGS4D RCS2-SRGS7BD RCS2-RGD4C RCS2-RGD5C RCS2-RGD4D RCS2-SRGD7BD RCS2-RGD4R

Slider Type Mini

ERC2
series

165 167 169 171 173 175 177 179 181 183 185 187 189 191 193 195 197 199 201 203 205 207 209 211 213 215 217 219 221 223 225 227 229 231 233 235 237 239 241 243 245 247 249 251 253 255 257 259 261 263 265

Standard

Controllers Integrated

Rod Type Mini

Mini Rod Type

RCA2
series
24V Servo Motor Type

28mm 34mm Tapped Hole Type 28mm 34mm Single-Guide Free Mount Type 28mm 34mm Double-Guide Free Mount Type 28mm 34mm Double-Guide Slide Unit Type 60mm 72mm Coupling Type Built-In Type Side-Mounted Motor Type

Nut-Mount Type

Standard

Controllers Integrated

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Standard Type

series
24V Servo Motor Type

RCA

Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Single-Guide Type Coupling Type Built-In Type Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Double-Guide Type Coupling Type Built-In Type Side-Mounted Motor Type Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type Standard Type Coupling Type

32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 45mm Width 32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 45mm Width 32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 32mm 37mm 45mm Width

Splash Proof

Controllers
PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET

ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

RCS2
series
200V Servo Motor Type

37mm 55mm Width Built-In Type 37mm Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type 75mm Width Side-Mounted Motor Type 37mm 55mm Width 130mm Width Single-Guide Type Coupling Type 37mm 55mm Width Built-In Type 37mm Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type 75mm Width Double-Guide Type Coupling Type 37mm 55mm Width Built-In Type 37mm Short-Length Side-Mounted Motor Type 75mm Width Side-Mounted Motor Type 37mm

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

Rod type

130

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCP3

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Motor Unit Coupling Type 22mm Width Pulse Motor Lead Screw

RCP3-RA2AC
Configuration:

RCP3
Series

RA2AC
Type

I
Encoder

20P
Motor Lead Stroke 25: 25mm 100: 100mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor 4S : 4mm lead screw * The Simple 20 size 2S : 2mm lead screw absolute encoder 1S : 1mm lead screw is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom Length

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. 2 1.75 Horizontal 1.5 1.25 1mm lead 1.0 0.75 2mm lead 0.5 4mm lead 0.25 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 Speed (mm/s) 0.8 0.7 Vertical 0.6 1mm lead 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.25 2mm lead 0.2 4mm lead 0.125 0.1 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 Speed (mm/s)

Technical References

P. A-5
Load Capacity (kg)

Splash Proof

INT O

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged. (3) The maximum pushing force is exerted at 5mm/s. (4) If the actuator is used in a dusty environment, its service life will become significantly shorter. (5) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model
Feed Screw Lead
(mm)

Load Capacity (kg)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Positioning Maximum Repeatability Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Push Force (N) (mm)

Max. Load Capacity

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

25
(mm)

50 100
(mm)

RCP3-RA2AC-I-20P-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP3-RA2AC-I-20P-1S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend

Lead Screw

2 1

0.5 1

0.25 0.5

See page A-68.

0.05

25 100
(25mm increments)

Lead Screw

RCP3-RA2AC-I-20P-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4

0.25

0.125

4 2 1

180 100 50

200

1 Stroke

2 Compatible controller

3 Cable length

4 Options

(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

25 50 75 100

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCP3 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Reversed-home Option Code B NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
Item
Drive System Lost Motion Base Guide Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life

Description
Lead screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Sliding guide 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

A-25 A-33

Linear Servo Motor

131

RCP3-RA2AC

RCP3
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the slider moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

(with brake)
117.5 (with brake) L A 7.5 28 117.5 Brake housing

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

M6x1.0

(without brake)

15 12

1.5

* The bottom of the brake housing protrudes from the actuator's mounting surface by 1mm. Please use caution when mounting. (200)

17h7 12 10

73.5 (without brake) L ST 2-M3 depth 4 2 23.5 2 ME *2 A 7.5


28

Cable joint connector *1

73.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type


12.5

80.1

160.1

ME

SEHome

26 12.5

24.5

22 26.5 10 B C 15 D-M3 depth 4 Secure at least 100

Cleanroom Type

3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base)

Splash Proof
ST : Stroke ME : Mechanical end SE : Stroke end

10

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

Z Details of Z

2-3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
L 25 Stroke 168 No Brake Brake-equipped 212 94.5 A 25 B 0 C 4 D 0.27

* Adding a brake will increase the actuator's weight by 0.1kg.


75 100 50 218 243 193 262 287 237 119.5 144.5 169.5 100 75 50 50 0 0 6 4 4 0.29 0.31 0.33

Weight (kg)

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP3 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Program Control Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0

RPCON-20P

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP3-RA2AC

132

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

RCP3

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Motor Unit Coupling Type 28mm Width Pulse Motor Lead Screw

RCP3-RA2BC
Configuration:

RCP3
Series

RA2BC
Type

I
Encoder

20P
Motor Lead Stroke 25: 25mm 150: 150mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor 6S : 6mm lead screw * The Simple 20 size 4S : 4mm lead screw absolute encoder 2S : 2mm lead screw is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom Length

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
2
Load Capacity (kg)

1.75 1.5 1.25 1.0 0.75 0.5 0.25 0 0 100

Horizontal 2mm lead 4mm lead 6mm lead


200 300 Speed (mm/s) 400 500

Mini Standard

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


INT O

Technical References

P. A-5
Load Capacity (kg)

0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.125 0.1 0 0 100

Vertical 2mm lead 4mm lead 6mm lead


200 300 Speed (mm/s) 400 500

Splash Proof

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged. (3) The maximum pushing force is exerted at 5mm/s. (4) If the actuator is used in a dusty environment, its service life will become significantly shorter. (5) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Feed Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Positioning Max. Load Capacity Maximum Repeatability Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Push Force (N) (mm)

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

25
(mm)

50
(mm)

75150
(mm)

RCP3-RA2BC-I-20P-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP3-RA2BC-I-20P-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend

Lead Screw

4 2

0.5 1

0.25 0.5

See page A-68.

0.05

25 150
(25mm increments)

Lead Screw

RCP3-RA2BC-I-20P-6S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4

0.25

0.125

6 4 2

180 180

280 200 100

300

1 Stroke

2 Compatible controller

3 Cable length

4 Options

(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

25 50 75 100 125 150

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCP3 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Reversed-home Option Code B NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-33
Item Drive System Lost Motion Base Guide Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead screw 6mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Sliding guide 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 5 million cycles Vertical: 10 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

133

RCP3-RA2BC

RCP3
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the slider moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

(with brake)
117.5 (with brake) L A 7.5 28 117.5

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type


(200)

(without brake)

M6x1.0

15 12

1.5

Mini Standard

17h7 12 10

73.5 (without brake) ST 23.5 2 ME *2 A L 28 73.5

Cable joint connector *1

4-M3 depth 4

200.1

2 ME

7.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type


14

200.1

28.5 14

24.5

SE Home

28

3h7 depth 3 (from bottom of base)

26.5

10

15

D-M3 depth 4 2-3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base) ST : Stroke ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

2.5

100.1

Secure at least 100

Cleanroom Type

Splash Proof

10

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

Z Details of Z

* Adding a brake will increase the actuator's weight by 0.1kg.

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
L Stroke No Brake Brake-equipped A B C D Weight (kg) 25 168 212 94.5 25 0 4 0.3 50 193 237 119.5 50 0 4 0.34 75 218 262 144.5 75 0 4 0.38 100 243 287 169.5 100 50 6 0.41 125 268 312 194.5 125 62.5 6 0.44 150 293 337 219.5 150 75 6 0.47

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP3 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0

RPCON-20P

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP3-RA2BC

134

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

RCP3

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Side-Mounted Motor 22mm Width Pulse Motor Lead Screw

RCP3-RA2AR
Configuration:

RCP3
Series

RA2AR
Type

I
Encoder

20P
Motor Lead Stroke 25: 25mm 100: 100mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor 4S : 4mm lead screw * The Simple 20 size 2S : 2mm lead screw absolute encoder 1S : 1mm lead screw is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None See Options below P : 1m * Be sure to specify which S : 3m side the motor is to be M : 5m mounted (ML/MR). X : Custom Length

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
2
Load Capacity (kg)

1.75 1.5 1.25 1.0 0.75 0.5 0.25 0

Horizontal 1mm lead 2mm lead 4mm lead


0 50 100 150 Speed (mm/s) 200 250

Mini Standard

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


INT O
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References

P. A-5

0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.25 0.2 0.125 0.1 0 0 50

Vertical 1mm lead 2mm lead 4mm lead


100 150 Speed (mm/s) 200 250

Splash Proof

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged. (3) The maximum pushing force is exerted at 5mm/s. (4) If the actuator is used in a dusty environment, its service life will become significantly shorter. (5) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Feed Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Positioning Max. Load Capacity Maximum Repeatability Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Push Force (N) (mm)

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

25
(mm)

50 100
(mm)

RCP3-RA2AR-I-20P-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP3-RA2AR-I-20P-1S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend

Lead Screw

2 1

0.5 1

0.25 0.5

See page A-68.

0.05

25 100
(25mm increments)

Lead Screw

RCP3-RA2AR-I-20P-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4

0.25

0.125

4 2 1

180 100 50

200

1 Stroke

2 Compatible controller

3 Cable length

4 Options

(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

25 50 75 100

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCP3 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Left-Mounted Motor (Standard) Right-Mounted Motor Reversed-home Option Code B ML MR NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
Item
Drive System Lost Motion Base Guide Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life

Description
Lead screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Sliding guide 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

A-25 A-33 A-33 A-33

Linear Servo Motor

135

RCP3-RA2AR

RCP3
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1

P. A-9

Mini Standard

* The figure below shows the left-mounted motor model

(with brake)
117.5 (with brake) A L Brake housing 17

*2

A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the slider moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

7.5

M6x1.0

(without brake)
17h7 12 10

15 12

1.5

* The bottom of the brake housing protrudes from the actuator's mounting surface by 1m. Please use caution when mounting.

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

Cable joint connector *1

(200) A L

88.5 (without brake) 17

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

8 0.1

16 0.1

2-M3 depth 4

2 ME

ST

23.5 2 ME *2

7.5

26 12.5

1.5

22

(5.5) 27 58

24

SE Home

(Secure at least 100)

Splash Proof
3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base)
ST : Stroke ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end Z

D-M3 depth 5 2-3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base)

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

Details of Z

* Adding a brake will increase the actuator's weight by 0.1kg.

10

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
10 26.5 B C 15
Stroke L A B C D Weight (kg) 25 111.5 94.5 25 0 4 0.29 50 136.5 119.5 50 0 4 0.32 75 161.5 144.5 75 0 4 0.34 100 186.5 169.5 100 50 6 0.36

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP3 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0

RPCON-20P

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP3-RA2AR

136

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCP3

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Side-Mounted Motor 28mm Width Pulse Motor Lead Screw

RCP3-RA2BR
Configuration:

RCP3
Series

RA2BR
Type

I
Encoder

20P
Motor Lead Stroke 25: 25mm 150: 150mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor 6S : 6mm lead screw * The Simple 20 size 4S : 4mm lead screw absolute encoder 2S : 2mm lead screw is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None See Options below P : 1m * Be sure to specify which S : 3m side the motor is to be M : 5m mounted (ML/MR). X : Custom Length

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. 2 1.75 Horizontal 1.5 1.25 1.0 2mm lead 0.75 4mm lead 0.5 6mm lead 0.25 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s) 0.8 0.7 Vertical 0.6 2mm lead 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.25 4mm lead 0.2 6mm lead 0.125 0.1 0 100 200 300 400 500 0 Speed (mm/s)

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


INT O
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged. (3) The maximum pushing force is exerted at 5mm/s. (4) If the actuator is used in a dusty environment, its service life will become significantly shorter. (5) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Feed Screw
Positioning Maximum Lead Max. Load Capacity Repeatability (mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Push Force (N) (mm)

Load Capacity (kg)

Load Capacity (kg)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke
(mm) Lead Stroke

25
(mm)

50
(mm)

75 150
(mm)

RCP3-RA2BR-I-20P-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP3-RA2BR-I-20P-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend

Lead Screw

4 2

0.5 1

0.25 0.5

See page A-68.

0.05

25 150
(25mm increments)

Lead Screw

RCP3-RA2BR-I-20P-6S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4

0.25

0.125

6 4 2

180 180

280 200 100

300

1 Stroke

2 Compatible controller

3 Cable length

4 Options

(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

25 50 75 100 125 150

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCP3 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Left-Mounted Motor (Standard) Right-Mounted Motor Reversed-home Option Code B ML MR NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-33 A-33 A-33
Item Drive System Lost Motion Base Guide Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead screw 6mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Sliding guide 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

137

RCP3-RA2BR

RCP3
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


* The diagram below shows a left-mounted motor model. *1

P. A-9

Mini Standard

*2

(with brake)
7.5 A

117.5 (with brake) L Brake housing 17

A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the slider moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

(without brake)
17h7 12

M6x1.0

15 12

1.5

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

10
Cable joint connector *1 ST 23.5 2 ME *2

(200) A L

88.5 (without brake) 17

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

4-M3 depth 4

200.1

2 ME

7.5

28.5 20 0.1 14

24

SE Home

10 0.1 28

2.5 27

(Secure at least 100) 2 ST : Stroke ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end D-M3 depth 4 2-3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base) Z

3H7 depth 3 (from bottom of base)

Splash Proof

Controllers
* Adding a brake will increase the actuator's weight by 0.1kg.

10

Details of Z

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

10 26.5 B

C 15

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L A B C D Weight (kg) 25 111.5 94.5 25 0 4 0.33 50 136.5 119.5 50 0 4 0.37 75 161.5 144.5 75 0 4 0.4 100 186.5 169.5 100 50 6 0.43 125 211.5 194.5 125 62.5 6 0.46 150 236.5 219.5 150 75 6 0.49

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP3 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller,even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type

PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0

DC24V

2A max.

Pulse Motor
P525

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0

RPCON-20P

Dedicated to field network

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0

Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP3-RA2BR

138

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RA2C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 25mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RA2C
Type

I
Encoder

20P
Motor Lead 1 : 1mm Stroke 25: 25mm 100: 100mm (25mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 20P: Pulse motor * The Simple 20 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None FL : Flange P : 1m FT : Foot bracket S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom Length R : Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
14
Load Capacity (kg)

12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 3.5 3 5 10

Horizontal 1mm lead

15 20 Speed (mm/s)

25

30

35

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
INT

P. A-5

2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0 0 5

Vertical 1mm lead

Splash Proof
O

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON

Notes on Selection

(1) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.05G. 0.05G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.

10

15 20 Speed (mm/s)

25

30

35

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 1) Max. Load Capacity

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

25 100
(25mm increments)

RCP2-RA2C-I-20P-1- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:

2.5

100

25 100
(25mm increments)

25
(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke 2 Compatible controller 3 Cable length 4 Options

(Note 1) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs.

1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Stroke (mm) 25 50 75 100

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code FL FT See Page Standard Price

Name Flange Foot bracket

A-27 A-29

Linear Servo Motor

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 6mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 12mm 2.1 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

139

RCP2-RA2C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


* The RA2C is not available in reversed-home configuration, due to its construction. *1. *2. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.

Cable joint connector *1

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

Rod diameter 12

(200)

Mini Standard

12 M81.25 10

42

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

20

25

20

4-M3 effective depth 6 20 25 ME (1) SE Stroke 1 14

2 ME*2 19 2 Home L 1 61

(2.5) 12.5 Secure at least100

Splash Proof
4-M3 effective depth 5 10 P

14

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke R L P Weight (kg) 25 70 157.5 45 0.4 50 95 182.5 70 0.5 75 120 207.5 95 0.6 100 145 232.5 120 0.7

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-20PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-20PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-20PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-20PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-20PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0

RPCON-20P

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-20PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-RA2C

140

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RA3C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 35mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RA3C
Type

I
Encoder

28P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 200: 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 28P: Pulse motor * The Simple 28 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None FL : Flange P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
35
Load Capacity (kg)

30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 14 12

2.5mm lead

Horizontal

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

5mm lead
4 50 100 2 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 250 300 350

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
INT

P. A-5

10 8 6 4 2 0 0

2.5mm lead

Vertical

Splash Proof
O

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.

5mm lead
1 50 100 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 250 300 350

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead
(mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Maximum Push Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50 200
(50mm increments)

RCP2-RA3C-I-28P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RA3C-I-28P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:

5 2.5

15 30

6 10

73.5 156.8

50 200
(50mm increments)

5 2.5

187 114
(Unit: mm/s)

Stroke

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs.

1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code FL FT NM See Page Standard Price

Name Flange Foot bracket Reversed-home

Linear Servo Motor

A-27 A-29 A-33

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 1.5 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

141

RCP2-RA3C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.

*3.

Rod diameter 22

31.5 22

3.5 4 7.5 (width across ats) *3

(240)

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

32

M101.25 4-M4 depth 10

Cable joint connector *1

35

28 14

17.5

14.5

42.5

ME (2.3)

SE ST

Home 2

ME *2 38 39 L Secure at least 100 90.5

14 28 1.5 35 1.5

0.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

27

Dimensions of rod tip nut


6 17 M101.25

20

N50

Splash Proof
30 n-M4 depth 6

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

(19.6)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke R L N n Weight (kg) 50 112.5 203 1 6 0.8 100 162.5 253 2 8 0.95 150 212.5 303 3 10 1.1 200 262.5 353 4 12 1.25

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name` External View Model PMEC-C-28SPI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-28SPI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-28SPI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-28SPI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-28SPI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-28SPI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-28SPI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-28SPI-N-0-0

RPCON-28SP

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-28SPI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-RA3C

142

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RA4C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 45mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RA4C
Type

I
Encoder

42P
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option B : Brake FL : Flange FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home

I: Incremental 42P: Pulse motor * The Simple 42 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

60 50 40

Horizontal 2.5mm lead 5mm lead 10mm lead


5 100 200 300 400 Speed (mm/s) 500 600 700

Mini Standard

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

30 25 20 10 0 0 21 18 19

2.5mm lead

Vertical

Splash Proof
O

INT

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References

P. A-5

15 12 9 6 4.5 3 0 0

5mm lead
2.5 2 0.5 100 200 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)

10mm lead

600

700

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead (mm)

Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)

Stroke
(mm)

50 200
(50mm increments)

250
(mm)

300
(mm)

RCP2-RA4C-I-42P-10- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RA4C-I-42P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RA4C-I-42P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend:

10 5 2.5

25 40 40

4.5 12 19

150 284 358 50 300


(50mm increments)

10 5 2.5

458 250 125 <114>

458 237 118 <114>

350 175 87

Stroke

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FL FT NM See Page Standard Price

Name Brake Flange Foot bracket Reversed-home

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-27 A-29 A-33

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 1.5 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

143

RCP2-RA4C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


2D CAD
*1. *2 The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions. Please note that there is no T-slot on the base of the brake unit. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.
Rod diameter 22
*3. *4.

31.5 22

3.5 4 7.5 (width across ats) *4

(240)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

10.5

4-M6 depth 12

32

Cable joint connector *1

M101.25

47

34 14

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

24.5

ME (2.3)

SE

Home 2 ST

ME *2 T-slot effective range *3 39 L 86.5 Secure at least 100 50

17 2.5 34 45

section A 2.5

4.3

M4

Dimensions of the rod tip nut 6 17 M101. 25

Brake-Equipped

0.5

14

13

57

1.8

4.3 7.3 Details of section A

Dimensions for the square nuts for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)

(19.6)

46.5

Splash Proof

47

0.5

Controllers
58 Brake unit * Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 58mm and heavier by 0.4kg. 86.5

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET


250 312.5 399 2.35 300 362.5 449 2.6

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke R L Weight (kg) 50 112.5 199 1.35 100 162.5 249 1.6 150 212.5 299 1.85 200 262.5 349 2.1

ERC2 PCON ACON

2Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-42PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-42PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-42PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0

RPCON-42P

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-42PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-RA4C

144

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RA6C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 64mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RA6C
Type

I
Encoder

56P
Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option B : Brake FL : Flange FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home

I: Incremental 56P: Pulse motor * The Simple 56 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. 70 Horizontal 60 55 4mm lead 8mm lead 50
40 30 20 10 0 0 28 26 24 100 200 300 400 Speed (mm/s) 500 600 700 35

Load Capacity (kg)

16mm lead

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

4mm lead

Vertical

P. A-5

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
INT

20 16 12 8 4

17.5

Splash Proof
O

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.

8mm lead
5 100 1.5 1.5 1 200 300 400 Speed (mm/s)

16mm lead
500 600 700

0 0

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead
(mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg)

Maximum Push Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCP2-RA6C-I-56P-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RA6C-I-56P-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RA6C-I-56P-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend:

16 8 4

40 50 55

5 17.5 26

240 470 800 50 300


(50mm increments)

16 8 4

450 <400> 210 130

Stroke

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FL FT NM See Page Standard Price

Name Brake Flange Foot bracket Reversed-home

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-27 A-29 A-33

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 30mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

145

RCP2-RA6C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2 The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions. Please note that there is no T-slot on the base of the brake unit. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.
*3. *4.

Rod diameter 30

42 30.5

4 (240) 9.5 (width across ats) *4 Cable joint connector *1

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

43
M141.5 4-M8 depth 15

11

Mini Standard

64

50 19

32

75

ME 19 25 50 2 64 2 section A (4.8)

SE

Home 4 ST

ME *2 T-slot effective range *3 52 L 112 Secure at least 100 68

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Brake-Equipped

Dimensions of the rod tip nut


8 0.5
M6 8 22 M141.5 72.5 Brake unit * Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 72.5mm and heavier by 0.9kg. 112

64 63.5

13

Splash Proof

2.6

6.5 10.5 Details of section A

10

(25.4)

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

Dimensions for the square nuts for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 138 250 3.1 100 188 300 3.6 150 238 350 4.1 200 288 400 4.6 250 338 450 5.1 300 388 500 5.6

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-56PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-56PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-56PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-56PI-N-0-0

RPCON-56P

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-56PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-RA6C

146

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RA10C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 100mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RA10C
Type

I
Encoder I: Incremental

86P
Motor 86P: Pulse motor 86 size Lead 10 : 10mm 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)

P2
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option A1-A3 : Connector cable exit direction B : Brake FL : Flange FT : Foot bracket

P2: PCON-CF

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
1000
Load Capacity (kg)

300 2.5mm lead 150

Horizontal

5mm lead 10mm lead

100 80

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

10 0 1000

15

50

100

150 200 Speed (mm/s)

250

300

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References

P. A-5
100

150 2.5mm lead 80 10

Vertical

Splash Proof
O

INT

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) Minimum speed is set per each lead. (10mm-lead: 10mm/s, 5mm-lead: 5mm/s, 2.5-lead: 1mm/s) Please note that if the actuator is operated below the minimum speed, vibration may occur. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G for 10mm-lead, 0.02G for 5mm-lead, and 0.01 for 2.5-lead. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.

10mm lead 5mm lead 6


3

10

1 0

50

100 Speed (mm/s)

150

200

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead
(mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Maximum Push Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCP2-RA10C-I-86P-10- 1 -P2- 2 - 3 RCP2-RA10C-I-86P-5- 1 -P2- 2 - 3 RCP2-RA10C-I-86P-2.5- 1 -P2- 2 - 3


Legend

10 5 2.5

80 150 300

80 100 150

1500 3000 6000 50 300


(50mm increments)

10 5 2.5

250 <167> 125 63

Stroke

Cable length

Options

(Note 2) See page A-70 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

3 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code A1 A3 B FL FT See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Flange Foot bracket

A-25 A-25 A-27 A-29

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 40mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

147

RCP2-RA10C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


* The RA10C is not available in reversed-home configuration, due to its construction. 5 (200) M221.5

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

32

13

70h10

37

Dimensions of the Supplied Nut


80 4-M10 through 13.5 (width across ats) *3 40 M221.5 37 (effective screw section) 27.5 37 ST+115 52.5 117.5

Cable joint connector *1

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

100

26

80

5 95 100 ME 5 Effective ST SE Home (81) ME *2 4-M10 depth 18 L

(1)

Standard

Gripper/ Rotary Type


*1. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. Please note that although the motor cable is the same as RCP2 series, the encoder cable is series-specific. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

40

*2.

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

20

ST+160 52.5 45.5 117.5

*3.

Dimensions of the Brake Section


* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 45.5mm and heavier by 1.5kg.

Splash Proof

Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.

Controllers
(1)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 372 9 100 422 9.5 150 472 10 200 522 10.5 250 572 11 300 622 11.5

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

Vertical Payload and Service Life

The service life of a rod-type ROBO Cylinder is 5,000km. However, since the RCP2-RA10C has a larger maximum thrust compared to other types, its service life will largely depend on the load capacity and pushing force used. Therefore, when selecting your product using the Speed vs. Load Capacity, or Pushing Force vs. Current Limit graphs, check the service life using the Load Capacity vs. Load Capacity, and Pushing Force vs. Load Capacity graphs.
10000

2.5 lead type

10000 5000

5 lead type

10000 5000

10 lead type

Note:
The rated value is the maximum value that can

5000

Service life (km)

Service life (km)

Service life (km)

meet a service life of 5,000km. The maximum value is the value at which it is still operable. Please note that operation with values exceeding the rated value will result in a decrease in the service life, as shown in the graphs.

1000

1000

1000

ASEL SSEL XSEL

100

100

100

10 0 25 50 75 100 125 150

10 0 25 50 75 100

10 0 20 40 60 80

Vertical payload (kg) 39kg rated 150kg max

Vertical payload (kg) 51kg rated 100kg max

Vertical payload (kg) 47kg rated 80kg max.

Pulse Motor

Compatible Controllers
The controller for the RCP2-RA10C type is the following dedicated controller.

Servo Motor (24V)

Name Positioner Type

External View

Model PCON-CF-86PI-NP-2-0

Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points

Max. Positioning Points 512 points

Input Voltage DC24V

Power Supply Capacity Standard Price 6A max.

See Page P525


Servo Motor (200V)

Note:

Please note that the encoder cable is a dedicated cable for the CF model, which is different from the PCON-C/CG/CY/PL/PO/SE controllers. The simple absolute unit cannot be used.

Linear Servo Motor

RCP2-RA10C

148

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-SRA4R
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Short-Length Rod Type 45mm Width Pulse Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCP2
Series

SRA4R
Type

I
Encoder

35P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20: 20mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option See Options below

I: Incremental 35P: Pulse motor * The Simple 35 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON 200: 200mm PSEL (10mm pitch increments) P3: PMEC * 50mm increments PSEP over 100 mm

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
40 35
Load Capacity (kg)

2.5mm lead 5mm lead

Horizontal

30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0

Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

50

100

Load Capacity (kg)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
O
INT

Technical References

P. A-5

(1) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.

Notes on Selection

20 18 16 15 14 12 10 9 8 6 4 2 0 0

150 200 Speed (mm/s)

250

300

Vertical 2.5mm lead 5mm lead

3 50 100 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 250 300

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead (10mm increments)

Lead
(mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N) (Note 2) 25 35 9 15 90 170

Stroke
(mm)

20 200 250 125

RCP2-SRA4R-I-35P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-SRA4R-I-35P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:

5 2.5

20 200
(10mm increments)

5 2.5

(Note 3)

1 Stroke 2 Compatible controller 3 Cable length 4 Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs. (Note 3) 50mm increments over 100mm.

(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)

Pulse Motor

* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Foot bracket 2 (right/left side mounting) Reversed-home Option Code B FL FLR FT FT2/FT4 NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-27 A-28 A-29 A-31 A-33 Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

* The brake is available for strokes of 70mm or more.

149

RCP2-SRA4R

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


31.5 22 Cable joint connector (*1) 4.8 4.2 7.5 (width across ats)

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

32 22 20

Secure at least 100

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

M101.25

(210)

50

width across ats (*3) 4-M6 depth 12 E-M4 depth 10 (same on the opposite side)

Mini
4-M6 depth 12

95

Standard
45 34 14 34 34

22.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type


34

14 34 45

ME 3

SE

Home

ME (*2) 3 40.5

17

C B

D50 A L

15 22

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

st E-M4 depth 10

17

M101.25

* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
24 C

(19.6)

34

Dimensions of the Supplied Nut

Splash Proof

D50

ST : Stroke SE : Stroke end ME: Mechanical end

Controllers PMEC /AMEC


200 304.5 264 242 60 3 10 1.95

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. (*2) When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. (*3) The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 124.5 84 62 30 0 4 0.83 30 134.5 94 72 40 0 4 0.89 40 144.5 104 82 50 0 4 0.96

(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 164.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.08 70 174.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.14 80 184.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.21 90 194.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.27 100 204.5 164 142 60 1 6 1.33 150 254.5 214 192 60 2 8 1.64

50 154.5 114 92 60 0 4 1.02

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-35PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-35PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-35PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-35PI-N-0-0

RPCON-35P

Dedicated to eld network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-35PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-SRA4R

150

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RGS4C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 45mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RGS4C
Type

I
Encoder

42P
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 42P: Pulse motor * The Simple 42 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

60 50 40

Horizontal 2.5mm lead 5mm lead 10mm lead


5 100 200 300 400 Speed (mm/s) 500 600 700

30 25 20 10 0 0 21 18

2.5mm lead

Vertical

P. A-5

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
INT

15 12 11 9 6 3 0 0 3.5 100 1.5 200

Splash Proof
O

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

5mm lead 10mm lead

0.5 300 400 Speed (mm/s)

0.5 500

600

700

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead
(mm)

Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)

Stroke
(mm)

50 200
(50mm increments)

250
(mm)

300
(mm)

RCP2-RGS4C-I-42P-10- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGS4C-I-42P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGS4C-I-42P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend:

10 5 2.5

25 40 40

3.5 11 18

150 284 358 50 300


(50mm increments)

10 5 2.5

458 250 125 <114>

458 237 118 <114>

350 175 87

Stroke

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-29 A-33

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide Guide rod diameter 10mm Ball bush type 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

151

RCP2-RGS4C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2 The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions. Please note that there is no T-slot on the bottom of the brake unit. (240)

*3.

Cable joint connector *1

ME (2.3)

SE

Home

ME *2 2 st 41 st+69 2 (The amount of shaft movement from the ME on the home-side to the home position)

st Actuator width: 45 0.5 44 0.5

14 (Shaft overhang at SE) 20 13 63 st+14

15 8

34

6.5

90

10

Actuator height: 47

30

80

45

50

30

20

57.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

5
6-M5 depth 12 (for mounting work piece)

2.5

4.5

T-slot pitch: 17 (for mounting actuator)

20 30

T-slot effective range *3 33 8 L 86.5

Secure at least 100

Cleanroom Type

Details oft he T-slot


4.3

Brake-Equipped
47 46.5

Splash Proof

4.3 7.3

Dimensions of the square nut (supplied) for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)

1.8

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET


250 312.5 399 2.9 300 362.5 449 3.2

0.5

58 Brake unit

86.5

* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 58mm and heavier by 0.4kg.

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 112.5 199 1.8 100 162.5 249 2.1 150 212.5 299 2.4 200 262.5 349 2.7

ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-42PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-42PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-42PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0

RPCON-42P

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-42PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-RGS4C

152

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RGS6C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 64mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RGS6C
Type

I
Encoder

56P
Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 56P: Pulse motor * The Simple 56 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

Mini Standard

60 55 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 28 24

4mm lead 8mm lead


35

Horizontal

16mm lead

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

100

200

300 400 Speed (mm/s)

500

600

700

4mm lead

Vertical

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
INT

P. A-5

20 16 12 8 4 0 0 100 0.5 1 200

Splash Proof
O

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

8mm lead
0.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

16mm lead

600

700

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead (mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Maximum Push Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCP2-RGS6C-I-56P-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGS6C-I-56P-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGS6C-I-56P-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend:

16 8 4

40 50 55

4 16 24

240 470 800 50 300


(50mm increments)

16 8 4

450 <400> 210 130

Stroke

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-29 A-33

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide Guide rod diameter 12mm Ball bush type 30mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

153

RCP2-RGS6C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2 The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions. Please note that there is no T-slot on the bottom of the brake unit. (240)

*3.

Cable joint connector *1

ME (4.8)

SE Home

ME *2 4 st 54 st+72 4 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home) 14. 5 (Shaft overhang at SE)

st Actuator width: 64

68

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

8.5

0.5

63

0.5

25

19

67.5

st+14.5

16

36

15

12

110

Standard

Actuator height: 64

40

55

40

25

75

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

95

0.5

30 40

6.5

T-slot effective range *3 44 10 L Secure at least 100 112

T-slot pitch: 25 (for mounting actuator)

6-M6 depth 15 (for mounting work piece)

Cleanroom Type

Details of the T-slot

Brake-Equipped
64 63.5

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET


250 338 450 6.1 300 388 500 6.6

2.6

6.5 10.5

Dimensions of the square nut (supplied) for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)

0.5

72.5 Brake unit

112

* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 72.5mm and heavier by 0.9kg.

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke R L Weight (kg) 50 138 250 3.6 100 188 300 4.4 150 238 350 5.0 200 288 400 5.5

ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-56PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-56PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-56PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-56PI-N-0-0

RPCON-56P

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-56PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-RGS6C

154

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Short Rod Type with Single Guide 45mm Width Pulse Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCP2-SRGS4R
Configuration:

RCP2
Series

SRGS4R
Type

I
Encoder

35P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20: 20mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option See options below

I: Incremental 35P: Pulse motor * The Simple 35 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON 200: 200mm PSEL (10mm pitch increments) P3: PMEC * Set in 50mm increments PSEP over 100mm

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
40 35
Load Capacity (kg)

2.5mm lead 5mm lead

Horizontal

30 25 24 20 15 10 5 0 0 20 18 16 15 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 50 100 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 9

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

250

300

Vertical 2.5mm lead

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
O
INT

Technical References

P. A-5

Notes on Selection

(1) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Load Capacity (kg)

Splash Proof

5mm lead
3 50 100 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 1 250 300

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead (10mm increments)

Lead
(mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N) (Note 2) 24 35 8 15 90 170

Stroke
(mm)

20 200 250 125

RCP2-SRGS4R-I-35P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-SRGS4R-I-35P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:

5 2.5

20 200
(10mm increments)

5 2.5

(Note 3)

1 Stroke 2 Compatible controller 3 Cable length 4 Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs. (Note 3) 50mm increments over 100mm.

(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)

Pulse Motor

* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Option Code B Brake FLR Flange bracket (back) FT Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) FT2/FT4 Foot bracket 2 (right/left side mounting) GS2 GS4 Guide mounting direction NM Reversed-home Name See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-28 A-29 A-31 A-156 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

155

* The brake is available for strokes of 70mm or more. * Please be sure that the mounting direction of the guide is specified in the product name. * The guide and the foot bracket cannot be mounted in the same direction.

RCP2-SRGS4R

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


ME 3 Cable joint connector (*1) SE Home st ME (*2) 42.5 3 st+60 5 (The amount of shaft overhang at SE) st 4 3 (The amount of shaft movement from the ME on the home-side to the home position)

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

15

80 45

Secure at least 100

20

90.5

5.5

34

10

(210)

45.5

45

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini


4-M6 depth 12

2.5
E-M4 depth 10 (same on the opposite side) 6-M5 depth 12

95

50.5

Standard
34 34

44

20 30

(View A)

22.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type


34

7.5

0.5

30

30

20

14.5 34.5 8

17

C L

D50 A

15

22

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

E-M4 depth 10 24 C D50 8

GS4 GS2 LeftActuator Rightmounted mounted GS3 Bottommounted

* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brakeequipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
ST : Stroke SE : Stroke end ME: Mechanical end

34

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

Guide mounting direction (as viewed from view A)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. (*2) When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 126.5 84 62 30 0 4 1.2 30 136.5 94 72 40 0 4 1.27 40 146.5 104 82 50 0 4 1.34

(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 166.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.48 70 176.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.54 80 186.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.61 90 196.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.68 100 206.5 164 142 60 1 6 1.75 150 256.5 214 192 60 2 8 2.09 200 306.5 264 242 60 3 10 2.43

50 156.5 114 92 60 0 4 1.41

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-35PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-35PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-35PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-35PI-N-0-0

RPCON-35P

Dedicated to eld network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-35PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-SRGS4R

156

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RGD3C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 35mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RGD3C
Type

I
Encoder

28P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 200: 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 28P: Pulse motor * The Simple 28 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None FT : Foot bracket P : 1m NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
35
* Pictured: RGD4C

Load Capacity (kg)

30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0 14

2.5mm lead

Horizontal

5mm lead
4 50 100 2 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 250 300 350

P. A-5

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
(1)

12 10 9 2.5mm lead 8 6 5 4 2 0 0 50 1 100

Vertical

Splash Proof
O

INT

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specication table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

(2) (3)

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON

Notes on Selection

5mm lead
0.5 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 250 300 350

Actuator Specications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead (50mm increments)

Lead (mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg)

Maximum Push Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50 200 187 114 <93>

RCP2-RGD3C-I-28P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGD3C-I-28P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:

5 2.5

15 30

5 9

73.5 156.8

50 200
(50mm increments)

5 2.5

1 Stroke 2 Compatible controller 3 Cable length 4 Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs.

(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200

Pulse Motor

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m) * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specications
Option Code FT NM See Page Standard Price

Name Foot bracket Reversed-home

A-29 A-33

Linear Servo Motor

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide Guide rod diameter 10mm Ball bush type 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

157

RCP2-RGD3C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2 The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

4-M4 (for mounting actuator)

Actuator height: 35

35 Actuator width: 35 35

8-M4 depth 10 (for mounting work piece)

5 (Shaft overhang at SE) st (2.3) ME SE Home 33 2 ME *2 st+58 st

2 (The amount of shaft movement from the ME on the home-side to the home position)

23

23 83 97 105

23

22 27 30 35

33

8 L

90.5 Secure at least 100

43

20

13

53

st+5

12.5

Standard

6.5

27

11

(240)

35

12

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

6.5

35

n-M4 depth 6 (for mounting actuator)

38

Cable joint connector *1

11

20

N50 P

30

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L N n Weight (kg) 50 112.5 203 1 6 1.1 100 162.5 253 2 8 1.3 150 212.5 303 3 10 1.4 200 262.5 353 4 12 1.6

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-28SPI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-28SPI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Program Control Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-28SPI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-28SPI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-28SPI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-28SPI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-28SPI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-28SPI-N-0-0

RPCON-28SP

Dedicated to eld network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

PSEL-C-1-28SPI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-RGD3C

158

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RGD4C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 45mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RGD4C
Type

I
Encoder

42P
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 42P: Pulse motor * The Simple 42 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

60 50 40

Horizontal 2.5mm lead 5mm lead 10mm lead


5 100 200 300 400 Speed (mm/s) 500 600 700

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


(1)

30 25 20 10 0 0 21 18

2.5mm lead

Vertical

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
INT

P. A-5

15 12 11 9 6 3 3.5 100 1.5 200

Splash Proof
O

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specication table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

(2) (3)

5mm lead 10mm lead

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON

Notes on Selection

0 0

0.5 300 400 Speed (mm/s)

0.5 500

600

700

Actuator Specications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead
(50mm increments)

Lead (mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg)

Maximum Push Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50 200 458 250 125 <114>

250
(mm)

300
(mm)

RCP2-RGD4C-I-42P-10- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGD4C-I-42P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGD4C-I-42P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend:

10 5 2.5

25 40 40

3.5 11 18

150 284 358


(50mm increments)

10 50 300 5 2.5

458 237 118 <114>

350 175 87

1 Stroke 2 Compatible controller 3 Cable length 4 Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m) * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specications
Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-29 A-33

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide Guide rod diameter 10mm Ball bush type 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

159

RCP2-RGD4C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders

P. A-9

Mini Standard

20

13

63

st+14

Controllers Integrated
6.5 (240)

7.5 15.5

34 10

*1. *2

The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions. Please note that there is no T-slot on the bottom of the brake unit.

Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

45

15

*3.

45

50

Cable joint connector *1

4-M5 (for mounting actuator)

8-M5 depth 12 (for mounting work piece) 45.5 (2.3) ME

15.5

7.5

14 (Shaft overhang at SE) st 2 41 ME *2 st+69 st

2 (The amount of shaft movement from the ME on the home-side to the home position)

Mini Standard

Actuator height: 47

0.5

45.5

Actuator width: 45

SE

Home

20 30

44 34

57.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

2.5

30

30 105 126 136

30

T-slot effective range *3 33 8 L 86.5 Secure at least 100

T-slot pitch: 17 (for mounting actuator)

Brake-Equipped
47 46.5

Cleanroom Type

Details of the T-slot


4.3

Splash Proof

4.3 7.3

Dimensions of the square nut (supplied) for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)

1.8

0.5

58 Brake unit

86.5

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET


250 312.5 399 3.4 300 362.5 449 3.7

* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 58mm and heavier by 0.4kg.

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 112.5 199 2.2 100 162.5 249 2.5 150 212.5 299 2.8 200 262.5 349 3.1

ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-42PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-42PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-42PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-42PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-42PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0

RPCON-42P

Dedicated to eld network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-42PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-RGD4C

160

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder

RCP2-RGD6C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 64mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

RCP2
Series

RGD6C
Type

I
Encoder

56P
Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4 mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 56P: Pulse motor * The Simple 56 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON PSEL P3: PMEC PSEP

Cable Length Option N : None B : Brake P : 1m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. 70 4mm lead Horizontal 60 55 8mm lead 50
40 30 20 10 0 0 28 24
Load Capacity (kg)

* Pictured: RGD4C

Load Capacity (kg)

35

16mm lead

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

100

200

300 400 Speed (mm/s)

500

600

700

4mm lead

Vertical

Technical References
(1)

P. A-5

20 16 12 8 4 0 0 100 0.5 1 200

Splash Proof
O

INT

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specication table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. 0.2G is the upper limit of the acceleration. In addition, the horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

(2) (3)

8mm lead
0.5 300 400 Speed (mm/s)

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON

Notes on Selection

16mm lead
500 600 700

Actuator Specications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead (50mm increments)

Lead (mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg)

Maximum Push Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50 300

RCP2-RGD6C-I-56P-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGD6C-I-56P-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-RGD6C-I-56P-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend:

16 8 4

40 50 55

4 16 24

240 470 800 50 300


(50mm increments)

16 8 4

450 <400> 210 130

1 Stroke 2 Compatible controller 3 Cable length 4 Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m) * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specications
Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-29 A-33

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide Guide rod diameter 12mm Ball bush type 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

161

RCP2-RGD6C

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

13.5

25

19

67.5

st+14.5

16

36

12

*2

55

When homing, the rod moves to the M.E.; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The values enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions.

55

15

*1.

The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables.

10

(240)

68

Standard
Cable joint connector *1

13.5

*3.

Please note that there is no T-slot on the bottom of the brake unit.

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

4-M6 (for mounting actuator)

10

8-M6 depth 15 (for mounting work piece) 46.5 64 46.5

14.5 (Shaft overhang at SE) st (4.8) ME SE Home 4 ME 54 st+72 st 4 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home)

0.5

64

63

53

30

40

75

0.5

T-slot effective range *3 40 40 130 147 157 40 44 10 L 112 Secure at least 100

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

T-slot pitch: 25 (for mounting actuator)

Brake-Equipped
64 63.5
M6

Details of the T-slot

0.5

72.5 Brake unit

112

Splash Proof

10.5

2.6

6.5

Dimensions of the square nut (supplied) for T-slot mounting (4 nuts provided)

Controllers
* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 72.5mm and heavier by 0.9kg.

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L Weight (kg) 50 138 250 4.4 100 188 300 5.0 150 238 350 5.5 200 288 400 6.1 250 338 450 6.7 300 388 500 7.3

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-56PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-56PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-56PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-56PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-56PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-56PI-N-0-0

RPCON-56P

Dedicated to eld network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-56PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-RGD6C

162

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCP2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Short-Length Rod Type with Double Guide 45mm Width Pulse Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCP2-SRGD4R
Configuration:

RCP2 SRGD4R
Series Type

I
Encoder

35P
Motor Lead 5 : 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20: 20mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option See Options below

I: Incremental 35P: Pulse motor * The Simple 35 size absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

P1: PCON RPCON 200: 200mm PSEL (10mm pitch increments) P3: PMEC * Set in 50mm increments PSEP over 100mm

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
40 35
Load Capacity (kg)

2.5mm lead 5mm lead

Horizontal

30 25 24 20 15 10 5 0 0 20 18 16 15 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 50 100 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 9

250

300

Vertical 2.5mm lead

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL
O
INT

Technical References

P. A-5

Load Capacity (kg)

Splash Proof

(1) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

5mm lead
3 50 100 150 200 Speed (mm/s) 1 250 300

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead (mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg)

Maximum Push Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

20 200
(10mm increments)

RCP2-SRGD4R-I-35P-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCP2-SRGD4R-I-35P-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend:

5 2.5

24 35

8 15

90 170

20200
(10mm increments)

5 2.5

250 125
(Unit: mm/s)

(Note 3)

1 Stroke 2 Compatible controller 3 Cable length 4 Options

(Note 2) See page A-69 for the pushing force graphs. (Note 3) 50mm increments over 100mm.

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)

Pulse Motor

* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

* The brake can be used for strokes of 70mm or more. * The foot bracket cannot be mounted on the side.
Linear Servo Motor

163

RCP2-SRGD4R

RCP2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


ME 3 SE Home st ME (*2) 42.5 3 st+60 5 (shaft overhang at SE) st 4 3 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home)

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

7.5 15.5

Cable joint connector (*1)

45

5.5

34

10

Mini
45 Secure at least 100

(210)

45.5

45

45.5

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type


4-M6 depth 12

50.5

15.5 7.5

4-M5 (for mounting the actuator)

E-M4 depth 10 (same with opposite side)

Mini Standard

95

20 30

44 34

34

22.5

7.5

34

0.5

30

30 105 126 136

30

8-M5 depth 12 (for mounting work piece)

20 14.5 34.5 8

17

C L

D50 A

15

22

34

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

E-M4 depth 10

* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)

34

Splash Proof

24

D50

ST : Stroke SE : Stroke end ME : Mechanical end

Controllers PMEC /AMEC


150 256.5 214 192 60 2 8 2.44 200 306.5 264 242 60 3 10 2.81

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. (*2) When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 126.5 84 62 30 0 4 1.47 30 136.5 94 72 40 0 4 1.55 40 146.5 104 82 50 0 4 1.62 50 156.5 114 92 60 0 4 1.7

(+0.2kg with brake) 60 166.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.77 70 176.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.84 80 186.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.92 90 196.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.99 100 206.5 164 142 60 1 6 2.07

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCP2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model PMEC-C-35PI-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type PSEP-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V AC200V Power Supply Capacity See P481 Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

PSEP-CW-35PI-NP-2-0

PCON-C-35PI-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points PCON-CG-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () PCON-PO-35PI-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points

Pulse Motor
DC24V 2A max. P525

PCON-PL-35PI-NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

PCON-SE-35PI-N-0-0

RPCON-35P

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

PSEL-C-1-35PI-NP-2-0

1500 points

P557

Linear Servo Motor

* This is for the single-axis PSEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, or 2: 100240V).

RCP2-SRGD4R

164

Slider Type Mini Standard

ERC2

ROBO Cylinder

ERC2-RA6C
Configuration:

Controller-Integrated Rod Type 58mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

ERC2
Series

RA6C
Type

I
Encoder I: Incremental

PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

NP : PIO (NPN) type PN : PIO (PNP) type SE : SIO type

Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the ERC2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

60 50 40 20 10 0 0 100 200

Horizontal 3mm lead 6mm lead

30 25 12mm lead

35 30

300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)

2.5 600 700

Vertical

P. A-5

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
INT

25 20 18 3mm lead 15 12 10 5 0 4.5 4 0 100 200

Splash Proof
O

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.

6mm lead
2.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)

12mm lead

0.5 600 700

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead (mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg)

Maximum Push Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50 250
(50mm increments)

300
(mm)

ERC2-RA6C-I-PM-12- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RA6C-I-PM-6- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RA6C-I-PM-3- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

12 6 3

25 40 40

4.5 12 18

78 157 304 50300


(50mm increments)

12 6 3

600 300 150

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

Stroke

I/O Type

Cable length

Options

(Note 2) See page A-64 for the pushing force graphs.

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A39 for cables for maintenance.

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm special SUS type 1.5 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

165

ERC2-RA6C

ERC2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

Home

2 ME*2

(300) Cable joint connector *1 *1 Connect the power and I/O cables. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2 When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end Teaching port

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

Stroke B 4-5.5 M81.25 M81.25 nuts (3 types)

44 54 75.6

40h7

37.5

Rod diameter 22

th ts id a (w ss 13 cro a

20

44 54 58

7 2 18 31.7 49.7

C A 118.5 Secure at least 100

PIO Type

20

Gripper/ Rotary Type


SIO Type * The SIO type does not have a teaching port.

27

I/O Type (Built-In Controller)


2 I/O Type
The integrated controller in the ERC2 series can be selected from the following 3 types based on the type of external input and output (I/O). Select the controller according to your applications.

PIO Type (NPN)

PIO Type (PNP)

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

(Note) The actual orientation of the bolt may differ by product.

Brake Specications Diagram


* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 43.5mm and heavier by 0.5kg.

Splash Proof

Controllers
43.5 118.5 Brake unit

PMEC /AMEC

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L A B C Weight (kg) 50 293.5 175 393.2 91 1.6 100 343.5 225 493.2 141 1.7 150 393.5 275 593.2 191 1.8 200 443.5 325 693.2 241 2.0 250 493.5 375 793.2 291 2.1 300 543.5 425 893.2 341 2.2

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL

Name

External View

Model

Description

Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage

Power Supply Capacity Standard Price

See Page

ERC2-RA6C-I-PM---NP--

Easy to control, capable of positioning up to 16 points

16
XSEL

ERC2RA6C-I-PM---PN--

Supports the PNP I/O, commonly used overseas.

16

DC24V

2A max.

P515

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

SIO Type

ERC2-RA6C-I-PM---SE--

For connecting to a field network (gateway unit used)

64

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

ERC2-RA6C

166

Slider Type Mini Standard

ERC2

ROBO Cylinder

ERC2-RA7C
Configuration:

Controller-Integrated Rod Type 68mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

ERC2
Series

RA7C
Type

I
Encoder I: Incremental

PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

NP : PIO (NPN) type PN : PIO (PNP) type SE : SIO type

Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the ERC2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

60 554mm lead 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 100 25

8mm lead

Horizontal

16mm lead
3.5 2 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)

200

600

700

35 30
Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
O
INT

P. A-5

25

4mm lead

Vertical

Splash Proof

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 4mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.

20 17.5 15 10 5 0 0 100

8mm lead 16mm lead


2 1 200 0.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s) 600 700

P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead (mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg)

Maximum Push Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50300
(50mm increments)

ERC2-RA7C-I-PM-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RA7C-I-PM-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RA7C-I-PM-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

16 8 4

40 50 55

5 17.5 25

220 441 873 50300


(50mm increments)

16 8 4

450 <400> 250 <200> 125

Stroke

I/O Type

Cable length

Options

(Note 2) See page A-64 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 30mm special SUS type 1.5 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

167

ERC2-RA7C

ERC2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

Home

4 ME*2

(300) Cable joint connector*1 *1 Connect the power and I/O cables. See page A-39 for details on cables *2 When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore,please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end Teaching port

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

Stroke B 4-6.6 M101.5 M101.5 nuts (3 types)

50 64 89.6

45h7

51.5

Rod diameter 30

) th ts id a (w ss 17 cro a
50 64 68

20

9 21

2 40 61

8.5

C A 118.5 Secure at least 100

PIO Type

20

Gripper/ Rotary Type


SIO Type * The SIO type does not have a teaching port.

32

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

(Note) The actual orientation of the bolt may differ by product.

Brake Specications Diagram


* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped model is longer by 49mm and heavier by 0.5kg.

Splash Proof

Controllers
49 118.5 Brake unit

PMEC /AMEC

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L A B C Weight (kg) 50 312.5 194 423.5 106 2.7 100 362.5 244 523.5 156 2.9 150 412.5 294 623.5 206 3.0 200 462.5 344 723.5 256 3.2 250 512.5 394 823.5 306 3.3 300 562.5 444 923.5 356 3.5

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

I/O Type (Built-In Controller)


2 I/O Type
The integrated controller in the ERC2 series can be selected from the following 3 types based on the type of external input and output (I/O). Select the controller according to your applications.

Name

External View

Model

Description

Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price

See Page

ASEL SSEL

PIO Type (NPN)

ERC2-RA7C-I-PM---NP--

Easy to control, capable of positioning up to 16 points

16
XSEL

PIO Type (PNP)

ERC2-RA7C-I-PM---PN--

Supports the PNP I/O, commonly used overseas.

16

DC24V

2A max.

P515

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

SIO Type

ERC2-RA7C-I-PM---SE--

For connecting to a field network (gateway unit used)

64

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

ERC2-RA7C

168

Slider Type Mini Standard

ERC2

ROBO Cylinder
Controller-Integrated Rod Type with Single Guide 58mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

ERC2-RGS6C
Configuration:

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

ERC2
Series

RGS6C
Type

I
Encoder I: Incremental

PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

NP : PIO (NPN) type PN : PIO (PNP) type SE : SIO type

Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the ERC2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

60 50 40

Horizontal 3mm lead 6mm lead

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

30 25 12mm lead 20 10 0 35 0 100 200

12 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s) 2.5 600 700

Technical References
INT

Load Capacity (kg)

30 25 20 18 3mm lead 15 10 5 4.5 0 0 100 12

Vertical

P. A-5

Splash Proof
O

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. In doing so, use the load capacity values without the weight of the guide (see right of page). (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.

6mm lead
4 200 2.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)

12mm lead

0.5 600 700

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead (mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Horizontal (kg)

Maximum Push Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50250
(50mm increments)

300
(mm)

ERC2-RGS6C-I-PM-12- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RGS6C-I-PM-6- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RGS6C-I-PM-3- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

12 6 3
Options

25 40 40

4.5 12 18

78 157 304 50300


(50mm increments)

12 6 3

600 300 150

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

Stroke

I/O Type

Cable length

(Note 2) See page A-64 for the pushing force graphs.

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm special SUS type 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

169

ERC2-RGS6C

ERC2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

2 Home ST 52 30 20 6-M5 M.E. 51.7 ST+58.3

54

Standard

M.E. : Mechanical end


12.5

20

23.7

55

ST+3.3

Gripper/ Rotary Type


10

12.5

37

13

34

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

22.5

106.5

40

91

57

10

24

54

Splash Proof

54 58

* See page 166 for the dimensions of the actuator.

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET


200 0.3 2.3 250 0.3 2.4 300 0.4 2.6

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Guide weight (kg) Guide + actuator weight (kg) 50 0.2 1.8 100 0.2 1.9 150 0.3 2.1

ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL

I/O Type (Built-In Controller)


2 I/O Type
The integrated controller in the ERC2 series can be selected from the following 3 types based on the type of external input and output (I/O). Select the controller according to your applications.

Name

External View

Model

Description

Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage

Power Supply Capacity Standard Price

See Page

PIO Type (NPN)

ERC2-RGS6C-I-PM---NP--

Easy to control, capable of positioning up to 16 points

16
XSEL

PIO Type (PNP)

ERC2-RGS6C-I-PM---PN--

Supports the PNP I/O, commonly used overseas.

16

DC24V

2A max.

P515

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

SIO Type

ERC2-RGS6C-I-PM---SE--

For connecting to a field network (gateway unit used)

64

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

ERC2-RGS6C

170

Slider Type Mini Standard

ERC2

ROBO Cylinder

ERC2-RGS7C
Configuration:

Controller-Integrated Rod Type 68mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

ERC2
Series

RGS7C
Type

I
Encoder I: Incremental

PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

NP : PIO (NPN) type PN : PIO (PNP) type SE : SIO type

Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the ERC2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

60 55 4mm lead 4mm lead 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 100 25

Horizontal 8mm lead 16mm lead


2 3.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

200

600

700

35 30
Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
INT

P. A-5

25

4mm lead

Vertical

Splash Proof
O

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. In doing so, use the load capacity values without the weight of the guide (see right of page). (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 4mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.

20 17.5 15 10 5 0 0 100

8mm lead 16mm lead


2 1 200 0.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s) 600 700

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead (mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N) (Note 2)

Stroke
(mm)

50300
(50mm increments)

ERC2-RGS7C-I-PM-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RGS7C-I-PM-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RGS7C-I-PM-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

16 8 4
Options

40 50 55

5 17.5 25

220 441 873 50300


(50mm increments)

16 8 4

450 <400> 250 <200> 125

Stroke

I/O Type

Cable length

(Note 2) See page A-64 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 30mm special SUS type 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

171

ERC2-RGS7C

ERC2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

64

Table/Arm /Flat Type


4 Home ST M.E. 62 ST+61

Mini Standard

62 34 25 6-M6

M.E. : Mechanical end


22 30 10 57.5 ST+3.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

12.5

12.5

22.5

10

36

37.5

12.5

117

50

101.5

62.5

64

12

Splash Proof

29

64 68 * See page 168 for the dimensions of the actuator.

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET


200 0.4 3.6 250 0.5 3.8 300 0.5 4.0

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Guide weight (kg) Guide + actuator weight (kg) 50 0.3 3.0 100 0.3 3.2 150 0.4 3.4

ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL

I/O Type (Built-In Controller)


2 I/O Type
The integrated controller in the ERC2 series can be selected from the following 3 types based on the type of external input and output (I/O). Select the controller according to your applications.

Name

External View

Model

Description

Max. Positioning Points

Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price

See Page

PIO Type (NPN)

ERC2-RGS7C-I-PM---NP--

Easy to control, capable of positioning up to 16 points

16
XSEL

PIO Type (PNP)

ERC2-RGS7C-I-PM---PN--

Supports the PNP I/O, commonly used overseas.

16

DC24V

2A max.

P515

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

SIO Type

ERC2-RGS7C-I-PM---SE--

For connecting to a field network (gateway unit used)

64

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

ERC2-RGS7C

172

Slider Type Mini Standard

ERC2

ROBO Cylinder
Controller-Integrated Rod Type with Double Guide 58mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

ERC2-RGD6C
Configuration:

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

ERC2
Series

RGD6C
Type

I
Encoder I: Incremental

PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

NP : PIO (NPN) type PN : PIO (PNP) type SE : SIO type

Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the ERC2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

60 50 40

Horizontal 3mm lead 6mm lead


12 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s) 2.5 600 700

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

30 25 12mm lead 20 10 0 0 100 200

35

Technical References
INT

Load Capacity (kg)

30 25 20 18 3mm lead 15 12 10 4.5 5 0 0 100

Vertical

P. A-5

Splash Proof
O

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. In doing so, use the load capacity values without the weight of the guide (see right of page). (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.

6mm lead
4 200 2.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)

12mm lead

0.5 600 700

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead
(mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2) 25 40 40 4.5 12 18 78

Stroke
(mm)

50250
(50mm increments)

300
(mm)

ERC2-RGD6C-I-PM-12- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RGD6C-I-PM-6- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RGD6C-I-PM-3- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

12 6 3
Options

12 50300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

157 304

6 3

Stroke

I/O Type

Cable length

(Note 2) See page A-64 for the pushing force graphs.

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) X10 (10m) W01 (1m) W03 (3m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W05 (5m) W06 (6m) W10 (10m) R01 (1m) R03 (3m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R05 (5m) R06 (6m) R10 (10m) RW01 (1m) RW03 (3m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) RW05 (5m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m) RW10 (10m) The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm special SUS type 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

173

ERC2-RGD6C

ERC2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

53 52 42 30 20 4-M5

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

8-M5

145

114

159

134

114

54

54

34

10

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

M.E. : Mechanical end

20

23.7

55

13
ST+3.3

Cleanroom Type
54

Splash Proof
2 Home ST M.E. 51.7 ST+58.3

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET


200 0.6 2.6 250 0.6 2.7 300 0.7 2.9

* See page 166 for the dimensions of the actuator.

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Guide weight (kg) Guide + actuator weight (kg) 50 0.4 2.0 100 0.4 2.1 150 0.5 2.3

ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL

I/O Type (Built-In Controller)


2 I/O Type
The integrated controller in the ERC2 series can be selected from the following 3 types based on the type of external input and output (I/O). Select the controller according to your applications.

Name

External View

Model

Description

Max. Positioning Points

Input Voltage

Power Supply Capacity Standard Price

See Page

PIO Type (NPN)

ERC2-RGD6C-I-PM---NP--

Easy to control, capable of positioning up to 16 points

16
XSEL

PIO Type (PNP)

ERC2-RGD6C-I-PM---PN--

Supports the PNP I/O, commonly used overseas.

16

DC24V

2A max.

P515

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

SIO Type

ERC2-RGD6C-I-PM---SE--

For connecting to a field network (gateway unit used)

64

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

ERC2-RGD6C

174

Slider Type Mini Standard

ERC2

ROBO Cylinder

ERC2-RGD7C
Configuration:

Controller-Integrated Rod Type

68mm Width Pulse Motor Straight Type

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

ERC2
Series

RGD7C
Type

I
Encoder I: Incremental

PM
Motor PM: Pulse motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50: 50mm 300: 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
I/O Type

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

NP : PIO (NPN) type PN : PIO (PNP) type SE : SIO type

Cable Length Option N : None P : 1m B : Brake S : 3m M : 5m FT : Foot bracket NM : Reversed-home X : Custom W : Double-ended cable R : Robot cable RW : Double-ended Robot cable

Speed vs. Load Capacity


Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the ERC2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
70
Load Capacity (kg)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

60 554mm lead 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 100 25

8mm lead

Horizontal

16mm lead
3.5 2 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s)

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

200

600

700

35

Load Capacity (kg)

Technical References
INT

30

P. A-5

25

4mm lead

Vertical

Splash Proof
O

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported. In doing so, use the load capacity values without the weight of the guide (see right of page). (3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 4mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (4) The value for the horizontal load capacity is with an external guide.

20 17.5 15 10 5 0 0 100

8mm lead 16mm lead


2 1 200 0.5 300 400 500 Speed (mm/s) 600 700

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model

(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead

Lead
(mm)

Max. Load Capacity (Note 1) Maximum Push Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Force (N)(Note 2) 40 50 55 5 17.5 25 220 441 873

Stroke
(mm)

50300
(50mm increments)

ERC2-RGD7C-I-PM-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RGD7C-I-PM-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 ERC2-RGD7C-I-PM-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

16 8 4
Options

16 50300
(50mm increments)

450 <400> 250 <200> 125

8 4

Stroke

I/O Type

Cable length

(Note 2) See page A-64 for the pushing force graphs.

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) Special Lengths X06 (6m) W01 (1m) Double-Ended W04 (4m) W06 (6m) R01 (1m) Robot Cable R04 (4m) R06 (6m) RW01 (1m) Double-Ended RW04 (4m) Robot Cable RW06 (6m)

X10 (10m) W03 (3m) W05 (5m) W10 (10m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) RW03 (3m) RW05 (5m) RW10 (10m)

Servo Motor (24V)

The values in < > apply to the SE type. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 30mm special SUS type 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

175

ERC2-RGD7C

ERC2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

63 62 52 34 25

Standard
4-M6

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

8-M6

158

125

170

145

125

65

64

Standard
12.5

36

12

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

22

30

10

57.5

ST+3.5

64

4 Home ST ME 62 ST+61

Splash Proof

ME: Mechanical end


* See page 168 for the dimensions of the actuator.

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET


200 0.8 4.0 250 0.9 4.2 300 1.0 4.5

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Guide weight (kg) Guide + actuator weight (kg) 50 0.5 3.2 100 0.6 3.5 150 0.7 3.7

ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL

I/O Type (Built-In Controller)


2 I/O Type
The integrated controller in the ERC2 series can be selected from the following 3 types based on the type of external input and output (I/O). Select the controller according to your applications.

Name

External View

Model

Description

Max. Positioning Points

Input Voltage

Power Supply Capacity

Standard Price

See Page

PIO Type (NPN)

ERC2-RGD7C-I-PM---NP--

Easy to control, capable of positioning up to 16 points

16
XSEL

PIO Type (PNP)

ERC2-RGD7C-I-PM---PN--

Supports the PNP I/O, commonly used overseas.

16

DC24V

2A max.

P515

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

SIO Type

ERC2-RGD7C-I-PM---SE--

For connecting to a field network (gateway unit used)

64

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

ERC2-RGD7C

176

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Nut-Mounting Type 28mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw

RCA2-RN3N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

RN3N
Type

I
Encoder

10
Motor Lead

30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option K2 : Connector Cable exit direction LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw * The Simple Motor 1S : 1mm lead screw absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT

(1) The lead screw is not equipped with an anti-rotation device. Therefore, when using the actuator, add an anti-rotation device such as a guide to the end of the lead screw prior to use. (Without an antirotation device, the lead screw will rotate, and will not extend or retract.) (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. (4) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Feed Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Positioning Stroke Rated Repeatability Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm) (mm) Max. Load Capacity
Stroke Lead

30
(mm)

RCA2-RN3N-I-10-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RN3N-I-10-1S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
Legend

10

Lead Screw

2 1

0.5 1

0.25 0.5

50.3 100.5

0.05

30
(Fixed)

Lead Screw

RCA2-RN3N-I-10-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3

0.25

0.125

25.1

4 2 1

200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL

2 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

30
SSEL XSEL

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead Screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

177

RCA2-RN3N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2 *3 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

Nut B Nut A M201.0

(300) Cable joint connector *1

29 (width across ats) *3

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

12 (width across ats)*3

28.5

22.6

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini


3
Positioning seal

10.5

12 9 (effective screw thread range)

28

M5

Standard

22

9 -0.1

Gripper/ Rotary Type


22 3

28

Home 2 30

ME*2 15 112 73.5 Secure at least 100

2-M4 depth 4

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

ME: Mechanical end

Splash Proof
Nut A M50.8 Nut B

M201.0

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

(9.2)

3.2

.8 30
29

Connector cable exit direction (Model: K2)


* Rotates 180degrees with respect to the standard model.

PSEP /ASEP

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.25

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-10I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0

RACON-101

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-RN3N

178

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Nut-Mounting Type 34mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw

RCA2-RN4N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

RN4N
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead

30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option K2 : Connector Cable exit direction LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo 6 : 6mm ball screw 4 : 4mm ball screw * The Simple Motor 2 : 2mm ball screw absolute encoder 6S : 6mm lead screw is also considered 4S : 4mm lead screw type "I". 2S : 2mm lead screw * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


INT

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

(1) The lead screw is not equipped with an anti-rotation device. Therefore, when using the actuator, add an anti-rotation device such as a guide to the end of the lead screw prior to use. (Without an anti-rotation device, the lead screw will rotate, and will not extend or retract.) (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. (4) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Feed Output (W) Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity Rated Positioning Stroke Repeatability Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm) (mm) 2 3 6 0.25 0.5 1 0.5 0.75 1.5 0.125 0.25 0.5 33.8 50.7 101.5 19.9 29.8 59.7 0.05 30
(Fixed) Stroke Lead

30
(mm)

RCA2-RN4N-I-20-4-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RN4N-I-20-2-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RN4N-I-20-6S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RN4N-I-20-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RN4N-I-20-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3


Legend

20

Ball Screw

4 2 6

0.02

30
(Fixed)

Ball Screw

RCA2-RN4N-I-20-6-30- 1 - 2 - 3

6 4 2 6 4 2

270 <220> 200 100 220 200 100

20

Lead Screw

4 2

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 30 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw

2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Lead Screw

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/Lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

179

RCA2-RN4N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2 *3 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

Nut B

(300) Cable joint connector *1

32 (width across ats) *3

Nut A

M241.0

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

12 (width across

ats) *3

28.5 22.6 12 (effective screw 15 1 7 Positioning seal

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini


4

10.5

thread range)

34

M6

Standard

26

9 -0.1

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Home 34 30 2

ME*2 17 123.5 80 Secure at least 100

26

2-M4 depth 8

ME: Mechanical end

Splash Proof
Nut A M61.0 Nut B M241.0

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

3.6

10 7 32

(11.5)

Connector cable exit direction (Model: K2)


* Rotates 180degrees with respect to the standard model.

PSEP /ASEP

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.5

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-20I1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACON-PL-20I1-NP-2-0

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20I1-N-0-0

RACON-201

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20I1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-RN4N

180

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Tapped-Hole Mounting Type 28mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw

RCA2-RP3N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

RP3N
Type

I
Encoder

10
Motor Lead

30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option K2 : Connector Cable exit direction LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw * The Simple Motor 1S : 1mm lead screw absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

(1) The lead screw is not equipped with an anti-rotation device. Therefore, when using the actuator, add an anti-rotation device such as a guide to the end of the lead screw prior to use. (Without an anti-rotation device, the lead screw will rotate, and will not extend or retract.) (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. (4) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Feed Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity Rated Positioning Stroke Repeatability (mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm) 0.25 0.5 1 0.125 0.25 0.5 25.1 50.3 100.5 0.05 30
(Fixed) Stroke Lead

30
(mm)

RCA2-RP3N-I-10-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RP3N-I-10-1S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
Legend

10

Lead Screw

2 1

Lead Screw

RCA2-RP3N-I-10-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3

4 2 1

200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL

2 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

30
SSEL XSEL

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead Screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

181

RCA2-RP3N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2 *3 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

(300) Nut A

12 (width across ats)*3

Cable joint connector *1

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

28.5 12 1 22.6

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

23 h8 -0.033

4-M4 depth 8 9 (effective screw thread range)

10.5

M5

Positioning seal

Standard

21

28

22

21 28

Home 2 30

9-0.1

Gripper/ Rotary Type


73.5 98.5 Secure at least 100

ME*2 1.5

22

2-M4 depth 4

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

ME: Mechanical end

Splash Proof
Nut A M50.8

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

3.2

(9.2)

Connector cable exit direction (Model: K2)


* Rotates 180degrees with respect to the standard model.

PSEP /ASEP

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.2

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-10I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0

RACON-101

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-RP3N

182

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Tapped-Hole Mounting Type 34mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw

RCA2-RP4N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

RP4N
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 6 : 6mm ball screw 4 : 4mm ball screw 2 : 2mm ball screw 6S : 6mm lead screw 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw

30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option K2 : Connector Cable exit direction LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


INT

Technical References

P. A-5

(1) The lead screw is not equipped with an anti-rotation device. Therefore, when using the actuator, add an anti-rotation device such as a guide to the end of the lead screw prior to use. (Without an antirotation device, the lead screw will rotate, and will not extend or retract.) (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. (4) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

Splash Proof

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Feed Output (W) Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity Rated Positioning Stroke Repeatability Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm) (mm) 2 3 6 0.25 0.5 1 0.5 0.75 1.5 0.125 0.25 0.5 33.8 50.7 101.5 19.9 29.8 59.7 0.05 30
(Fixed) Stroke Lead

30
(mm)

RCA2-RP4N-I-20-4-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RP4N-I-20-2-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RP4N-I-20-6S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RP4N-I-20-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-RP4N-I-20-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3


Legend

20

Ball Screw

4 2 6

0.02

30
(Fixed)

Ball Screw

RCA2-RP4N-I-20-6-30- 1 - 2 - 3

6 4 2 6 4 2

270 <220> 200 100 220 200 100

20

Lead Screw

4 2

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 30 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw

2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Lead Screw

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/Lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

183

RCA2-RP4N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2 *3 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

(300)

12 (width across ats) *3

Nut A Cable joint connector *1

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

28.5 15 4-M4 depth 8 11 (effective screw thread range) 1 22.6

Table/Arm /Flat Type


Positioning seal

25 h8 -0.033

10.5

Mini Standard

26 34

M6

Home 26 34 30 2

ME *2 1.5 108 80 Secure at least 100 26 4 2-M4 depth 8

9 -0.1

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

ME: Mechanical end

26

Splash Proof
Nut A M61.0

Controllers
(11.5)

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

3.6

10 Connector cable exit direction (Model: K2) * Rotates 180degrees with respect to the standard model.

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.42

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-20I1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACON-PL-20I1-NP-2-0

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20I1-N-0-0

RACON-201

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20I1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-RP4N

184

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Mounting Type with Single Guide 28mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw

RCA2-GS3N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

GS3N
Type

I
Encoder

10
Motor Lead

30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option K2 : Connector Cable exit direction LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw * The Simple Motor 1S : 1mm lead screw absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT

(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-81). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Feed Output (W) Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Positioning Stroke Max. Load Capacity Rated Repeatability (mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm)
Stroke Lead

30
(mm)

RCA2-GS3N-I-10-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GS3N-I-10-1S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
Legend

10

Lead Screw

2 1

0.5 1

0.25 0.5

50.3 100.5

0.05

30
(Fixed)

Lead Screw

RCA2-GS3N-I-10-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3

0.25

0.125

25.1

4 2 1

200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL

2 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

30
SSEL XSEL

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

185

RCA2-GS3N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. +0.03
3 0 depth 3 10 25 30 4-M4 depth 4 (300) Cable joint connector *1

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

17

5.5

3 0 4
+0.03

+0.05

depth 3

28.5 2-3 0
+0.03

16 15 30 30

10.5

depth 3 (same with the opposite side)

22.6

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

3 0

depth 3

4-M4 through

16

3 +0.05 depth 3 0

5.5

34

Standard

40

42

28

31

Home 24 28 30 ME: Mechanical end 2

ME *2 8

2-3 0 depth 3 (same for opposite side) 73.5 89.5

+0.05

8-M4 depth 4 (same for opposite side) Secure at least 100

22

3-M4 depth 4

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

17

3 0

+0.05

depth 3

Splash Proof
4-M4 depth 6 30
+0.03 3 0 depth

5.5

25 10

Connector cable exit direction (Model: K2)


* Rotates 180 degrees with respect to the standard model.

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.32

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC10I1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0

RACON-101

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-GS3N

186

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Free Mounting Type with Single Guide 34mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw

RCA2-GS4N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

GS4N
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 6 : 6mm ball screw 4 : 4mm ball screw 2 : 2mm ball screw 6S : 6mm lead screw 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw

30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option K2 : Connector Cable exit direction LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


INT

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-81). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Feed Output (W) Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Positioning Stroke Max. Load Capacity Rated Repeatability (mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm)
Stroke Lead

30
(mm)

RCA2-GS4N-I-20-4-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GS4N-I-20-2-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GS4N-I-20-6S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GS4N-I-20-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GS4N-I-20-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3


Legend

20

Ball Screw

4 2 6

3 6 0.25 0.5 1

0.75 1.5 0.125 0.25 0.5

50.7 101.5 19.9 29.8 59.7

0.02

30
(Fixed)

Ball Screw

RCA2-GS4N-I-20-6-30- 1 - 2 - 3

0.5

33.8

6 4 2 6 4 2

270 <220> 200 100 220 200 100

20

Lead Screw

4 2

0.05

30
(Fixed)

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 30 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw

2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Lead Screw

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

187

RCA2-GS4N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. 10 30
3 0
+0.03

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

depth 3

25 4-M4 depth 5

(300)

Cable joint connector *1

Rod Type Mini Standard

20

3 +0.05depth 3 0 30 2-3 0

28.5
+0.03

3 0

+0.03

depth 3

30

depth 3 (same with the opposite side)

10.5

20

22.6

4-M4 through

15

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

20

depth 3

49

51

37

43

34

Standard

3 0

+0.05

30 34

Home 2 30

ME*2 10

2-3 +0.05 depth 3 0 (same for opposite side) 98

80

8-M4 depth 5 (same for opposite side) Secure at least 100

26

3-M4 depth 8

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

20

ME: Mechanical end

3 0

+0.05

depth 3

Splash Proof
25 10 30
+0.03 3 0

4-M4 depth 8 depth 3

Connector cable exit direction (Model: K2)


* Rotates 180 degrees with respect to the standard model.

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.55

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-20I1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACON-PL-20I1-NP-2-0

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20I1-N-0-0

RACON-201

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20I1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-GS4N

188

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Mounting Type with Double Guide 28mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw

RCA2-GD3N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

GD3N
Type

I
Encoder

10
Motor Lead

30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option K2 : Connector Cable exit direction LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw * The Simple Motor 1S : 1mm lead screw absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT

Notes on Selection

(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-82). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Feed Output (W) Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity Rated Positioning Stroke Repeatability Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm) (mm) 0.25 0.5 1 0.125 0.25 0.5 25.1 50.3 100.5 0.05 30
Stroke Lead

30
(mm)

RCA2-GD3N-I-10-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GD3N-I-10-1S-30- 1 - 2 - 3
Legend

10

Lead Screw

2 1

Lead Screw

RCA2-GD3N-I-10-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3

4 2 1

200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL

2 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

30
SSEL XSEL

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

189

RCA2-GD3N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders

P. A-9

Mini Standard

10 25

30

3 0

+0.03

depth 3 (300)

Controllers Integrated
Cable joint connector *1

4-M4 depth 6

Rod Type Mini Standard

17

5.5

3 0 4 16

+0.05

depth 3 30 30

28.5 2-3 0
+0.03

15

22.6

depth 3 (same with the opposite side)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

+0.03 3 0 depth

4-M4 through

40

17

Standard

54

20

+0.05 3 0 depth

56

44

44

Gripper/ Rotary Type


Home 2 30

ME *2 8

24 28

2-3 0 depth 3 (same for opposite side) 89.5

+0.05

73.5
+0.05

8-M4 depth 6 (same for opposite side) Secure at least 100

4-M4 depth 4

20

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

3 0

depth 3

17

Splash Proof

5.5

25 10 30 3 0 ME : Mechanical end SE : Stroke end

4-M4 depth 6
+0.03

depth 3

Connector cable exit direction (Model: K2)


* Rotates 180 degrees with respect to the standard model.

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

*1 *2

A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.41

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-10I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0

RACON-101

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-GD3N

190

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Free Mounting Type with Double Guide 34mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw

RCA2-GD4N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

GD4N
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor 6: 4: 2: 6S : 4S : 2S : Lead 6mm ball screw 4mm ball screw 2mm ball screw 6mm lead screw 4mm lead screw 2mm lead screw

30
Stroke 30 : 30mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option K2 : Connector Cable exit direction LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT O

Notes on Selection

(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-82). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Feed Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Positioning Stroke Max. Load Capacity Rated Repeatability (mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm)
Stroke Lead

30
(mm)

RCA2-GD4N-I-20-4-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GD4N-I-20-2-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GD4N-I-20-6S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GD4N-I-20-4S-30- 1 - 2 - 3 RCA2-GD4N-I-20-2S-30- 1 - 2 - 3


Legend

20

Ball Screw

4 2 6

3 6 0.25 0.5 1

0.75 1.5 0.125 0.25 0.5

50.7 101.5 19.9 29.8 59.7

0.02

30

Ball Screw

RCA2-GD4N-I-20-6-30- 1 - 2 - 3

0.5

33.8

6 4 2 6 4 2

270 <220> 200 100 220 200 100

20

Lead Screw

4 2

0.05

30

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 30 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead screw

2 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Lead Screw

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

3 Option List
Name Connector cable exit direction Power-saving Option Code K2 LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32 A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

191

RCA2-GD4N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


3 +0.03 depth 3 0 (300) 4-M4 depth 8 Cable joint connector *1

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

10 25

30

20

20

3 0

+0.03

3 0 Home ME*2

+0.05

depth 3

28.5

depth 3 2

22.6

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

2-3 +0.03 depth 3 (same with the opposite side) 0

4-M4 through

30

19

48

28

66

68

3 0 depth 3 2-3 +0.05 depth 3 0 (same for opposite side) 98 8-M4 depth 8 (same for opposite side) Secure at least 100
+0.05

+0.05

54

56

10.5

15

30

30 34 30

10

80

4-M4 depth 8

26

3 0 depth 3

20

Splash Proof

25 ME : Mechanical end SE : Stroke end 10 30 3 0

4-M4 depth 8
+0.03

Controllers

depth 3

Connector cable exit direction (Model: K2)


* Rotates 180 degrees with respect to the standard model.

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

*1 *2

A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke Weight (kg) 30 0.64

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

1 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-20I1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-20I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACON-PL-20I1-NP-2-0

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20I1-N-0-0

RACON-201

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20I1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-GD4N

192

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Mounting Slide Unit Type with Double Guide 60mm Width 24V Servo Motor Lead Screw

RCA2-SD3N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

SD3N
Type

I
Encoder

10
Motor Lead 4S : 4mm lead screw 2S : 2mm lead screw 1S : 1mm lead screw Stroke 25 : 25mm 50 : 50mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 10 : 10W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT

(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-82). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the vertical load capacity are based on a setup in which the actuator is secured and the side bracket is moved. Please note that moving the actuator against the secured side bracket is not possible. (4) This model uses a lead screw. Please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Feed Output (W) Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Positioning Stroke Max. Load Capacity Rated Repeatability (mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm)
Stroke Lead

25/50
(mm)

(*1)

RCA2-SD3N-I-10-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA2-SD3N-I-10-1S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend

10

Lead screw

2 1

0.5 1

0.25
(*1)

50.3 100.5

0.05

25 50

Lead Screw

RCA2-SD3N-I-10-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4

0.25

0.125

25.1

4 2 1

200 100 50
(Unit: mm/s)

0.5
(*1)

Stroke

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

(*1) When the actuator is fixed

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm)
ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

25 50

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Power-saving Option Code LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Description Lead Screw 4mm C10 grade 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

193

RCA2-SD3N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


Cable joint connector *1 15 30 30

P. A-9

Mini Standard

2-3 0

+0.03

depth 3 (same with the opposite side) 2-M4 depth 6 (same for opposite side) 22-M4 depth 8

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini
8

44

38
2-3 +0.05 depth 3 (same for opposite side) 0 L2 4

Stroke 60 8 2 Home ME *2 8 73.5 3 0

22-4H7 depth 5

L1

52

+0.05

Standard
depth 3

Gripper/ Rotary Type


29 17

Linear Servo Type


23.5
10 30 3 0
+0.03

5.5

28

44

4-M4 depth 6

25 depth 3

Cleanroom Type

*1 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2 When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP


56

22-3.3

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(the cable length is approx. 300mm) Secure at least 100

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

Stroke L1 L2 Weight (kg)

25 131 123 0.48

50 156 148 0.5

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC10I1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-10I1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-10I1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-10I1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Power-saving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACON-PL-10I1-NP-2-0

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-10I1-N-0-0

RACON-101

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-10I1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-SD3N

194

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Mini Rod Type Short-Length Slide Unit Type with Double Guide 72mm Width 24V Servo Motor Ball Screw/Lead Screw

RCA2-SD4N
Configuration:

RCA2
Series

SD4N
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor 6: 4: 2: 6S : 4S : 2S : Lead 6mm ball screw 4mm ball screw 2mm ball screw 6mm lead screw 4mm lead screw 2mm lead screw Stroke 25 : 25mm 50 : 50mm 75 : 75mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option LA : Power-saving

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT

(1) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of a guide to prevent any radial and/or moment load on the rod. If no guide will be installed, see the Tip Load vs. Service Life graph ( page A-82). (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2mm-lead model, lead screw model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the vertical load capacity are based on a setup in which the actuator is secured and the side bracket is moved. Please note that moving the actuator against the secured side bracket is not possible. (4) When using the lead screw model, please use it for applications that are suitable for its characteristics. (See page Pre-42 for more information.)

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Feed Output (W) Screw Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Positioning Stroke Max. Load Capacity Rated Repeatability (mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Thrust (N) (mm) 0.5 2 33.8 (*1) 25 0.75 3 50.7 0.02 50 (*1) 75 1.5 6 101.5
(*1) (*1) Stroke Lead

25
(mm)

50 75
(mm)

RCA2-SD4N-I-20-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA2-SD4N-I-20-2- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA2-SD4N-I-20-6S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA2-SD4N-I-20-4S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA2-SD4N-I-20-2S- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

20

Ball Screw

4 2 6

Ball Screw

RCA2-SD4N-I-20-6- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4

6 4 2 6 4 2

240 <200> 200 100 200 200 100

300 200 100 300 200 100

20

Lead Screw

4 2

0.5 1

0.25
(*1)

29.8 59.7

0.05

25 50 75

0.5
(*1)

Stroke

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

(*1) When the main unit is fixed

* The values enclosed in < > apply for vertical usage. (Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) Ball Screw 25 50 75 Standard Price Feed Screw Lead Screw

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Lead Screw

0.25

0.125

19.9

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m) * The RCA2 comes standard with a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Power-saving Option Code LA See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-32
Item Drive System Lost Motion Frame Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Service Life Lead Screw Description Ball screw/Lead screw 6mm C10 grade Ball screw: 0.1mm or less/Lead screw: 0.3mm or less (initial value) Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) Horizontal: 10 million cycles Vertical: 5 million cycles

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

195

RCA2-SD4N

RCA2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


Cable joint connector *1 15 2-3 0 depth 3 (same with the opposite side)
+0.03

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

30 30

8-M4 depth 8 (same for opposite side)

22-M5 depth 10

Rod Type Mini Standard

54

45

62

Controllers Integrated
depth 3 (same for opposite side) 22-4H7 depth 5
+0.05 2-3 0

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

L2 L1 80

Stroke 72 Home ME *2 10 2 8
+0.05 3 0 depth

10

Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

20 29 35
52 4-M4 depth 8 10

25 30

3 0

+0.03

depth 3

34

*1 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2 When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP


Secure at least 100

22-4.2

(the cable length is approx. 300mm)

68

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke L1 L2 Weight (kg) 25 141 131 0.73 50 166 156 0.75 75 191 181 0.77

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I1NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEPCW20I1NP20

ACONC20I1NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I1NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20I1NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 512 points (Standard) 1.3A rated 4.4A max. DC24V (Powersaving) 1.3A rated 2.5A max.

ACONPL20I1NP20

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACONSE20I1N00

RACON201

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASELC120I1NP20

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA2-SD4N

196

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RA3C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled

RCA
Series

RA3C
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(Except the 2.5mmlead model)

Power-saving

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and powersaving models (0.2G for 2.5mmlead), and 1G acceleration for the highacceleration models (2.5mmlead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.)

P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 36.2 72.4 144.8

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 200
(50mm increments)

RCARA3CI2010 1 2 3 4 RCARA3CI205 1 2 3 4 RCARA3CI202.5 1 2 3 4


Legend

10 20 5 2.5

4.0 9.0 18.0

1.5 3.0 6.5

10 50200
(50mm increments)

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

5 2.5

Stroke

Compatible controllers

Cable length

Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

4 Option List
Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m) See Page Standard Price

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

Servo Motor (24V)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Highacceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Powersaving (*3) Knuckle joint Reversedhome Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back)

Option Code B FT FL FLR HA HS LA NJ NM TRF TRR

* See page A39 for cables for maintenance.

A25 A29 A27 A28 A32 A32 A32 A34 A33 A38 A38

Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 16mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)

197

(*1) The highacceleration/deceleration option is not available for 2.5mmlead model. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversedhome models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the powersaving option cannot be used simultaneously.

RCA-RA3C

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


*1. *2. A motorencoder cable is connected here. See page A39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

[No Brake]

M81.25 (effective screw thread range 16)

M261.5 (effective screw thread range 15.5)

M351.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

18 18 20 L st 3 ME 3 SE Home ME *2 49 Nut A 17 85.5

Standard Controllers Integrated


4 8.6

16 (rod OD)

42

32

35

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

8.6

Nut C 14 (width across ats) *3 8 10

32 (width across ats) *3

Nut B

40 (width across ats) 14

Secure at least 100

[Brake-Equipped]
st 3 ME 3 SE Home ME*2 49

L
Nut A

Cable joint connector *1


17 43

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

124.5

16 (rod OD)

(42)

Nut C 14 (width across ats) 8 10 32 (width across ats) Nut B 40 (width across ats) 14

(35)

32

Splash Proof

Dimensions of Nut A
M26x1.5

Dimensions of Nut B
M35x1.5

Dimensions of Nut C
(15.01)
4 8.6

Controllers

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
M81.25

RCARA3C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 283.5 333.5 L 182 132


Weight (kg) 0.7 0.8

150 383.5 232 0.9 150 422.5 232 1.1

200 433.5 282 1.0 200 472.5 282 1.2

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

32

46

13

RCARA3C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 322.5 372.5 L 182 132


Weight (kg) 0.9 1.0

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI 1 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI 1 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEPCW20SI 1 NP20

ACONC20SI 1 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI 1 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI 1 NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

ACONPL20SI 1 NP20

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACONSE20SI 1 N00

RACON20S1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASELC120SI 1 NP20

1500 points

P567

* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the powersaving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RA3C

198

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RA4C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled

RCA
Series

RA4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 :12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

For High Acceleration/Deceleration

Power-saving

(*1) Except all 20W models and 30W 3mm lead models
Technical References
INT

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

P. A-5

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and powersaving models (0.2G for 3mmlead), and 1G acceleration for the highacceleration models (3mmlead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.

Notes on Selection

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCARA4C 1 2012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 206 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 203 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 3012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 306 2 3 4 5 RCARA4C 1 303 2 3 4 5
Legend

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

1.0 2.0 4.0 1.5 3.0 6.5

12 6 50300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder

Stroke

Compatible controller

Control length

Options

Encoder & Stroke List


2 Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price 1 Encoder Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

199

* See page A39 for cables for maintenance. Option Code See Page Standard Price B Brake A25 FT Foot bracket A29 Actuator Specifications FL Flange bracket (front) A27 FLR Flange bracket (back) Item Description A28 Drive System HA Highacceleration/deceleration (*1) Ball screw 10mm C10 grade A32 Positioning Repeatability HS 0.02mm Home sensor (*2) A32 Lost Motion LA 0.1mm or less Powersaving (*3) A32 Base NJ Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) Knuckle joint A34 Rod Diameter NM 20mm Reversedhome A33 Nonrotating accuracy of rod TRF 1.0 deg Trunnion bracket (front) A38 Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity TRR 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing) Trunnion bracket (back) A38 (*1) The highacceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversedhome models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the powersaving option cannot be used simultaneously. Name

5 Option List

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

RCA-RA4C

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


*1 A motorencoder cable is connected here. See page A39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20) M301.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5) *3.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

[No Brake]

M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

22 20 L st 3 ME SE Home ME *2 3 56 Nut A 36 (width across ats) *3 19 m 22

Standard Controllers Integrated


52

20 (rod OD)

Incremental 42 Absolute 48

37

.8

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

19 (width across ats)*3

10

Nut B

16 Cable joint connector *1

47 (width across ats)

Secure at least 100

52

Nut C

.8

50

Standard

[Brake-Equipped]
st 3 ME SE Home ME *2 3 56 Nut A 36 (width across ats)

L 19 47 m

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type


Incremental 42 Absolute 48

20 (rod OD)

(50)

37

Cleanroom Type

Nut A M301.5

Nut B

Nut C 19 (width across ats) 9 10 Nut B 16

0.2

M401.5

2.8 5

47 (width across ats)

Splash Proof

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
8 38 10 50

Controllers
250 479.5 492.5 494.5 507.5 337 300 529.5 542.5 544.5 557.5 387

Nut C M10x1.25

17

RCARA4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 279.5 329.5 20W Absol. 292.5 342.5 L Increm. 294.5 344.5 30W Absol. 307.5 357.5 187 137 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.1 1.2

150 200 379.5 429.5 392.5 442.5 394.5 444.5 407.5 457.5 287 237 67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 1.4 1.5

RCARA4C (with brake ) Stroke 50 Increm. 322.5 20W Absol. 335.5 L Increm. 337.5 30W Absol. 350.5 137 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.3

(19.6)

100 372.5 385.5 387.5 400.5 187

150 200 422.5 472.5 435.5 485.5 437.5 487.5 450.5 500.5 287 237 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 1.6 1.7

250 522.5 535.5 537.5 550.5 337

300 572.5 585.5 587.5 600.5 387

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

1.7

1.8

1.4

1.9

2.0

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I 2 NP21 AMECC30I 2 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I 2 NP20 ASEPC30I 2 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I 2 NP20 ASEPCW30I 2 NP20 ACONC20I 2 NP20 ACONC30I 2 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I 2 NP20 ACONCG30I 2 NP20 ACONPL20I 2 NP20 ACONPL30I 2 NP20 ACONPO20I 2 NP20 ACONPO30I 2 NP20 ACONSE20I 2 N00 ACONSE30I 2 N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC120 12 NP20 ASELC130 12 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

1500 points

P567

* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental/A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the powersaving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RA4C

200

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RA3D
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor BuiltIn (DirectCoupled) Motor

RCA
Series

RA3D
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT O

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mmlead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. (4) Please note that models with builtin motor are not equipped with a brake.

P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 36.2

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 200
(50mm increments)

RCARA3DI2010 1 2 3 4 RCARA3DI205 1 2 3 4 RCARA3DI202.5 1 2 3 4


Legend

10 20 5 2.5

4.0 9.0 18.0

1.5 3.0 6.5

10 50200
(50mm increments)

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

72.4 144.8

5 2.5

Stroke

Compatible controllers

Cable length

Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (24V)

* See page A39 for cables for maintenance. Option Code FT FL FLR HS LA NJ NM TRF TRR See Page Standard Price

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

Name Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Powersaving Knuckle joint Reversedhome Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back)

A29 A27 A28 A32 A32 A34 A33 A38 A38

Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 16mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversedhome models.

201

RCA-RA3D

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


*1 *2. A motorencoder cable is connected here. See page A39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

[No Brake]
M81.25 (effective screw thread range 16)

M261.5 (effective screw thread range 15.5)

M351.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

Rod Type Mini Standard

18 18 20

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

L st 3 ME 3 SE Home ME*2 49 Nut A 17 66.5

16 (rod OD)

Mini
4 8.6

Standard

32

35

8.6

Nut C 32 (width across ats) *3 8 10 Nut B 14

Gripper/ Rotary Type


Secure at least 100

14 (width across ats) *3

40 (width across ats)

42

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Cable joint connector *1

Splash Proof

Dimensions of Nut A
M26x1.5

Dimensions of Nut B
M35x1.5

Dimensions of Nut C
(15.01)
4 8.6
M81.25

Controllers

34

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCARA3D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 264.5 314.5 L 182 132
Weight (kg) 0.7 0.8 150 364.5 232 0.9 200 414.5 282 1.0

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

32

46

13

The RCARA3D models are not equipped with a brake.

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI1 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI1 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEPCW20SI1 NP20

ACONC20SI1 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI1 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI1 NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

ACONPL20SI1 NP20

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACONSE20SI1 N00

RACON20S 1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASELC120SI1 NP20

1500 points

P567

* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the powersaving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RA3D

202

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RA4D
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In (Direct-Coupled) Motor

RCA
Series

RA4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

Technical References

P. A-5

INT

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mmlead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/ backward direction of the rod.

P
Cleanroom Type Splash Proof Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCARA4D 1 2012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 206 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 203 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 3012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 306 2 3 4 5 RCARA4D 1 303 2 3 4 5
Legend

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

1.0 2.0 4.0 1.5 3.0 6.5

12 6 50300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder

Stroke

Compatible controller

Control length

Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Name Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Powersaving Knuckle joint Reversedhome Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code FT FL FLR HS LA NJ NM TRF TRR See Page Standard Price

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

A29 A27 A28 A32 A32 A34 A33 A38 A38

Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)

203

RCA-RA4D

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


*1 A motorencoder cable is connected here. See page A39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

[No Brake]
M301.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5) M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20)

M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

Rod Type Mini Standard

22 20 22

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type


19 m

L st 3 ME SE Home ME 3 56 47 (width across ats) Nut A 36 (width across ats) *3

20 (rod OD)

Mini
5

50

Incremental 42 Absolute 48

37

2.8

Standard

2.8

Nut C 19 (width across ats)*3 9 10 Nut B Cable joint connector *1 16

Gripper/ Rotary Type


Secure at least 100

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Nut A
M301.5

Nut B
(19.6)
.2 40
M401.5

Nut C
5 2.8
M10x1.25

38

10

50

17

RCARA4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 257.5 307.5 20W Absol. 270.5 320.5 L Increm. 272.5 322.5 30W Absol. 285.5 335.5 187 137 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.0 1.2

150 200 357.5 407.5 370.5 420.5 372.5 422.5 385.5 435.5 287 237 45.5 58.5 60.5 73.5 1.3 1.5

250 457.5 470.5 472.5 485.5 337

300 507.5 520.5 522.5 535.5 387

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

1.6

1.8

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

Brakeequipped configuration is not available with the RCARA4D.

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I2 NP21 AMECC30I2 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I2 NP20 ASEPC30I2 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I2 NP20 ASEPCW30I2 NP20 ACONC20I2 NP20 ACONC30I2 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I2 NP20 ACONCG30I2 NP20 ACONPL20I2 NP20 ACONPL30I2 NP20 ACONPO20I2 NP20 ACONPO30I2 NP20 ACONSE20I2 N00 ACONSE30I2 N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC12012 NP20 ASELC13012 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

1500 points

P567

* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental/A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the powersaving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RA4D

204

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RA3R
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCA
Series

RA3R
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mmlead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/ backward direction of the rod.

P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 36.2

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 200
(50mm increments)

RCARA3RI2010 1 2 3 4 RCARA3RI205 1 2 3 4 RCARA3RI202.5 1 2 3 4


Legend

10 20 5 2.5

4.0 9.0 18.0

1.5 3.0 6.5

10 50200
(50mm increments)

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

72.4 144.8

5 2.5

Stroke

Compatible controllers

Cable length

Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Powersaving Knuckle joint Reversedhome Clevis Bracket Backmounting plate Trunnion bracket (front) Option Code B FT FL FLR HS LA NJ NM QR RP TRF See Page Standard Price

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

A25 A29 A27 A28 A32 A32 A34 A33 A34 A35 A38

Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 16mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversedhome models.

205

RCA-RA3R

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


*1 *2. A motorencoder cable is connected here. See page A39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end M261.5 (effective screw thread range 15.5) M81.25 (effective screw thread range 16) *3.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

[No Brake]

M261.5 (effective screw thread range 15.5)

18

18 P 85.5 25

18

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

Secure at least 100

32 (width across ats) *3 Nut A 14 (width across ats) *3

Cable joint connector *1

35

42

84.4

84.4

Nut B

16 (rod OD)

Nut A

Mini Standard

32

3 42.4 ME SE

3 Home ME *2 st

M8 depth 15 42.4 8 49 10 L 31

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

[Brake-Equipped]
32 (width across ats) Nut A

P 124.5 43 25

35

16 (rod OD)

42

Splash Proof
Nut A

14 (width across ats) Nut B Dimensions of Nut A M26x1.5 Dimensions of Nut B

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCARA3R (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 L 218 268 318 r 120 170 220 116.5 P
Weight (kg)
L 31

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

32

34

M81.25

(15.01)

3 ME SE Home ME *2 st

3 8 49 10

200 368 270 1.1 200 368 270 1.3

0.8

0.9

1.0

32

13

RCARA3R (with brake) Stroke 50 100 150 L 218 268 318 r 120 170 220 155.5 P
Weight (kg) 1.0 1.1 1.2

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI1 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI1 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEPCW20SI1 NP20

ACONC20SI1 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI1 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI1 NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

ACONPL20SI1 NP20

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACONSE20SI1 N00

RACON20S 1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASELC120SI1 NP20

1500 points

P567

* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the powersaving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RA3R

206

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RA4R
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCA
Series

RA4R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Technical References
INT

P. A-5

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mmlead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/ backward direction of the rod.

Notes on Selection

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCARA4R 1 2012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 206 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 203 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 3012 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 306 2 3 4 5 RCARA4R 1 303 2 3 4 5
Legend

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

1.0 2.0 4.0 1.5 3.0 6.5

12 6 50300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder

Stroke

Compatible controller

Control length

Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Powersaving Knuckle joint Reversedhome Clevis Bracket Backmounting plate Trunnion bracket (front) Option Code B FT FL FLR HS LA NJ NM QR RP TRF See Page Standard Price

* See page A39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

A25 A29 A27 A28 A32 A32 A34 A33 A34 A35 A38

Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Nonrotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (noncondensing)

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversedhome models.

207

RCA-RA4R

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


*1. *2. A motorencoder cable is connected here. See page A39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
brake) 50 234 234 234 234 125
100 284 284 284 284 175 150 334 334 334 334 225 200 384 384 384 384 275 250 434 434 434 434 325 300 484 484 484 484 375

*3.

[No Brake]
M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20) Nut A M301. 5 Nut B M10x1.25

(19.6)

0 4

.2

22

RCARA4R (without Stroke Increm. 20W Absol. L Increm. 30W Absol. M301.5 M301.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5) (effective screw thread range 17.5) Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. P 20 20 Increm. 30W P Absol.
m 26

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 100.5 113.5 115.5 128.5 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.8 2.0

38

Secure at least 100

17

Weight (kg)

Cable joint connector *1

Incremental 42 Absolute 48

20 (rod OD)

st ME 3 SE Home 3 ME*2

Nut A 36 (width across ats) *3

50

Nut A

98.5

37

48 98.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

Nut B 19 (width across ats)*3 50.5

9 56

10 L m P 47 26 33

M101.25 depth 18 50.5

Cleanroom Type

Splash Proof
RCARA4R (with brake) Stroke 50 Increm. 234 20W Absol. 234 L Increm. 234 30W Absol. 234 125 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. P Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.4 100 284 284 284 284 175 150 200 384 334 384 334 384 334 384 334 275 225 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 143.5 156.5 158.5 171.5 1.7 1.9 250 434 434 434 434 325 300 484 484 484 484 375

[Brake-Equipped]
Incremental 42 Absolute 48
3 SE 3 ME

20 (rod OD)

st ME Home

50

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

Nut A

Nut A

Nut B 19 (width across ats)

9 56

10

36 (width across ats) L 33

37

1.6

2.0

2.2

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I2 NP21 AMECC30I2 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I2 NP20 ASEPC30I2 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I2 NP20 ASEPCW30I2 NP20 ACONC20I2 NP20 ACONC30I2 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I2 NP20 ACONCG30I2 NP20 ACONPL20I2 NP20 ACONPL30I2 NP20 ACONPO20I2 NP20 ACONPO30I2 NP20 ACONSE20I2 N00 ACONSE30I2 N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC12012 NP20 ASELC13012 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

1500 points

P567

* This is for the singleaxis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the powersaving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RA4R

208

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type 45mm Diameter Servo Motor Short-Length Type Side-Mounted Motor

RCA-SRA4R
Configuration:

RCA
Series

SRA4R
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option See Options below

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo * The Simple Motor absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON 200 : 200mm ASEL (50mm pitch increments) * Set in 50mm increments A3 : AMEC over 100mm ASEP

Power-saving

Splash Proof

Technical References
INT

P. A-5

Controllers
O

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The horizontal load capacity is based on the use of an external guide. If an external force is exerted on the rod from a direction other than the motion of the rod, the detent may become damaged.

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust
(N)

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

20 200
(10mm increments)

RCA-SRA4R-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-SRA4R-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend

5 2.5

9 18

3 6.5

41 81

20200
(10mm increments)

5 2.5

250 125
(Unit: mm/s)

(Note 1)

1 Stroke

2 Compatible controllers

3 Cable length

4 Options

(Note 1) 50mm increments over 100mm.

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)

Pulse Motor

* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Foot bracket 2 (right/left side mounting) Power-saving Reversed-home Option Code B FL FLR FT FT2/FT4 LA NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-27 A-28 A-29 A-31 A-32 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22mm 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

* The brake is available for strokes of 70mm or more.

209

RCA-SRA4R

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


31.5 22 Cable joint connector (*1) 4.8 4.2 7.5 (width across ats)

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

32 22 20

Secure at least 100

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

M101.25

(210)

50

width across ats (*3) 4-M6 depth 12 E-M4 depth 10 (same with opposite side)

Mini
4-M6 depth 12

95

Standard
45 34 14 34 34

22.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type


34

14 34 45

ME 3

SE

Home

ME (*2) 3 40.5

17

C B

D50 A L

15 22

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

st E-M4 depth 10

17

M101.25

* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
24 C

(19.6)

34

Dimensions of the Supplied Nut

Splash Proof

D50

ST : Stroke SE : Stroke end ME : Mechanical end

Controllers PMEC /AMEC


200 304.5 264 242 60 3 10 1.9

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. (*2) When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. (*3) The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 124.5 84 62 30 0 4 0.78 30 134.5 94 72 40 0 4 0.84 40 144.5 104 82 50 0 4 0.9

(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 164.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.03 70 174.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.09 80 184.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.15 90 194.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.21 100 204.5 164 142 60 1 6 1.27 150 254.5 214 192 60 2 8 1.59

50 154.5 114 92 60 0 4 0.96

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

ACON-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

ACON-PL-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20SI 1 -N-0-0

RACON-20S 1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-SRA4R

210

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RGS3C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled

RCA
Series

RGS3C
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(Except the 2.5mm-lead model)

Power-saving

Technical References
INT

P. A-5

Splash Proof

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and power-saving models (0.2G for 2.5mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (2.5mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

P
Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 36.2

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 200
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGS3C-I-20-10- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGS3C-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGS3C-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

10 20 5 2.5

4.0 9.0 18.0

1.2 2.7 6.2

10 50200
(50mm increments)

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

72.4 144.8

5 2.5

Stroke

Compatible controllers

Cable length

Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Power-saving (*3) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 12mm, Ball bush type) 16mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for 2.5mm-lead model. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the power-saving option cannot be used simultaneously.

211

RCA-RGS3C

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


*1 *2. A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

8 (guide rod OD)

16 (rod OD)

[No Brake]

20 M351.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

ME 3

SE Home 3 st

ME*2 12 35 (st+65) st 3 ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L 8 53 (st+12) 17 5 14 85.5

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

70 52.5 30.5

37.5 46

42

32

35

70

15 24

37 46

Bracket A 14 (width across ats) Nut A

32 (width across ats) Bracket B

40 (width across ats) Nut B Cable joint connector *1

Secure at least 100

Standard

46

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

[Brake-Equipped]

8 53

(st+12)

17 5 14 43

124.5

42

32

35

Bracket A 14 (width across ats)

32 (width across ats) Bracket B

40 (width across ats) Nut B

Splash Proof

Bracket A
20.5
4-

Bracket B
4C2
4-M5

Nut A

6-M4 through-hole

Controllers

C2

41.5

15 30.5 52.5

30.5 70

Nut A
M26x1.5

Nut B
M35x1.5

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
48 .6

19.5

10

20 30

12

29 37

24

34

8 7 32 8 46

RCA-RGS3C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 277.5 327.5 L 190 140


Weight (kg) 0.9 1.1

150 377.5 240 1.2 150 416.5 240 1.4

200 427.5 290 1.3 200 466.5 290 1.5

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

10

RCA-RGS3C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 L 316.5 366.5 190 140 Weight (kg) 1.3 1.1

2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model MEC-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

ACON-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

ACON-PL-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20SI 1 -N-0-0

RACON-20S1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGS3C

212

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RGS4C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled

RCA
Series

RGS4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(*1)

Power-saving

(*1) Except all 20W models and 30W 3mm lead models
Technical References P. A-5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

INT

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and power-saving models (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (3mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated
Thrust (N)

Stroke
(mm)

Stroke Lead

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGS4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1 50300


(50mm increments)

12 6 3

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder

Stroke

Compatible controller

Control length

Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Power-saving (*3) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

213

(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the power-saving option cannot be used simultaneously.

RCA-RGS4C

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


*1 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

20 (rod OD)

10 (guide rod OD)

[No Brake]

22

M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

ME 3

SE Home 3 st

ME *2 11 41 (st+74) st 3 ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L 9 63 (st+11) 1 19 16 m Incremental 42 Absolute 48

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard


81

81 59 36.5

44 55

37

15

26

Nut B

30 50

Nut A

Bracket B

47 (width across ats) Cable joint connector *1 19 16 m 47

Secure at least 100

Bracket A 19 (width across ats)

36 (width across ats)

50

Gripper/ Rotary Type


50

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCA-RGS4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 272.5 322.5 20W Absol. 285.5 335.5 L Increm. 287.5 337.5 30W Absol. 300.5 350.5 195 145 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.5 1.6 150 200 372.5 422.5 385.5 435.5 387.5 437.5 400.5 450.5 295 245 67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 1.8 2.0 250 472.5 485.5 487.5 500.5 345 300 522.5 535.5 537.5 550.5 395

[Brake-Equipped]

L 9 63 r (st+11) 1

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

(50)

37

Splash Proof

Nut A

Bracket B

Incremental 42 Absolute 48

Bracket A 19 (width across ats)

36 (width across ats)

Nut B

47 (width across ats)

2.2

2.4

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

Bracket A
4C
6-M5 through-hole

Bracket B
2 44-M5

Nut A

Nut B

15 36.5 59

M301. 5

0.2

M401. 5

2.8

20 30

15

29 37

8 8 38 10 50

RCA-RGS4C (with Stroke Increm. 20W Absol. L Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg)

10 26.5

brake) 50 315.5 328.5 330.5 343.5 145

100 365.5 378.5 380.5 393.5 195

150 200 415.5 465.5 428.5 478.5 430.5 480.5 443.5 493.5 295 245 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 2.0 2.2

250 515.5 528.5 530.5 543.5 345

300 565.5 578.5 580.5 593.5 395

50

22

10

26

36.5 81

1.7

1.8

2.4

2.6

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I 2 NP21 AMECC30I 2 NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I 2 NP20 ASEPC30I 2 NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I 2 NP20 ASEPCW30I 2 NP20 ACONC20I 2 NP20 ACONC30I 2 NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I 2 NP20 ACONCG30I 2 NP20 ACONPL20I 2 NP20 ACONPL30I 2 NP20 ACONPO20I 2 NP20 ACONPO30I 2 NP20 ACONSE20I 2 N00 ACONSE30I 2 N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC120 12 NP20 ASELC130 12 NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGS4C

214

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RGS3D
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In Model

RCA
Series

RGS3D
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


INT

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated
Thrust (N)

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 200
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGS3D-I-20-10- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGS3D-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGS3D-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

10 20 5 2.5

4.0 9.0 18.0

1.2 2.7 6.2

36.2 50200 72.4 144.8


(50mm increments)

10 5 2.5

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

Stroke

Compatible controllers

Cable length

Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Foot bracket Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)

A-29 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 12mm, Ball bush type) 16mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

215

RCA-RGS3D

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


*1. *2. A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

8 (guide rod OD)

16 (rod OD)

[No Brake]

20 M351.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

ME 3

SE

Home 3 st

ME *2 12 35 (st+65) st 3

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type


66.5

ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L

8 53

(st+12) 5

17 14

Mini Standard

37.5

46

24

42

15

Bracket A 14 (width across ats) 37 46 Nut A

32 (width across ats) Bracket B Nut B

Secure at least 100

40 (width across ats)

70

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

52.5 30.5

70

32

35

Cable joint connector*1

46

Bracket A
6-M4 through-hole

Bracket B
C2 4C2
4-M5

Splash Proof

20.5

4-

41.5

Nut A
30.5 70
M26x1.5

Nut B
M35x1.5

Controllers
. 48 6

30.5

52.5

15

19.5

24

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCA-RGS3D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 258.5 308.5 L 190 140
Weight (kg) 0.9 1.1 150 358.5 240 1.2 200 408.5 290 1.3

10

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

10

20 30

12

29 37

8 7 32 8 46

Brake-equipped configuration is not available with the RCA-RGS3D.

2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL
P477

ASEL SSEL XSEL


ACON-C-20SI 1 -NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points 512 points Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak

ASEP-CW-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type

ACON-CG-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

ACON-PL-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

ACON-PO-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20SI 1 -N-0-0

RACON-20S1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20SI 1 -NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGS3D

216

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RGS4D
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In Model

RCA
Series

RGS4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

Technical References

P. A-5

INT

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated
Thrust (N)

Stroke
(mm)

Stroke Lead

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGS4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGS4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1 50300


(50mm increments)

12 6 3

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder

Stroke

Compatible controller

Control length

Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Foot bracket Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)

A-29 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

217

RCA-RGS4D

RCA
Dimensions
*1. *2. A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

10 (guide rod OD)

20 (rod OD)

[No Brake]

22 M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

Rod Type Mini Standard

ME 3

SE Home 3 st

ME *2 11 41 (st+74) st 3

ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type


m

9 63

(st+11) 1

19

Incremental 42 Absolute 48

16

Mini Standard
81

36.5

81 59

44

55

15

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

26

19 (width across ats) 30 50 Nut A

Nut B

Bracket B Cable joint connector*1

Secure at least 100

Bracket A

36 (width across ats)

37

47 (width across ats)

50

50

Bracket A
C
6-M5 through-hole

Bracket B
44-M5

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Nut A Nut B
0.2
M401.5

Cleanroom Type

10 26.5

36.5 81

M301.5

36.5 59

2.8

20 30

15

29 37

38

10

50

RCA-RGS4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 250.5 300.5 20W Absol. 263.5 313.5 L Increm. 265.5 315.5 30W Absol. 278.5 328.5 195 145 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.3 1.5

150 200 350.5 400.5 363.5 413.5 365.5 415.5 378.5 428.5 295 245 45.5 58.5 60.5 73.5 1.7 1.9

10

250 450.5 463.5 465.5 478.5 345

300 500.5 513.5 515.5 528.5 395

Splash Proof

4-

50

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

22

15

26

2.1

2.3

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

Brake-equipped configuration is not available with the RCA-RGS4D.

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I 2NP21 AMECC30I 2NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I 2NP20 ASEPC30I 2NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I 2NP20 ASEPCW30I 2NP20 ACONC20I 2NP20 ACONC30I 2NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I 2NP20 ACONCG30I 2NP20 ACONPL20I 2NP20 ACONPL30I 2NP20 ACONPO20I 2NP20 ACONPO30I 2NP20 ACONSE20I 2N00 ACONSE30I 2N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC120 12NP20 ASELC130 12NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGS4D

218

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 45mm Width Servo Motor Short-Length Model Side-Mounted Motor

RCA-SRGS4R
Configuration:

RCA
Series

SRGS4R
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20 : 20mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option See Options below

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON 200 : 200mm ASEL (10mm pitch increments) * Set in 50mm increments A3 : AMEC over 100mm ASEP

Power-saving

Splash Proof

Technical References

P. A-5

Controllers
O

INT

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) 9 18 2 5.5 Rated Stroke Thrust (N) 41 81
(mm) Stroke Lead

20 200
(10mm increments)

RCA-SRGS4R-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-SRGS4R-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend

5 2.5

20 200
(10mm increments)

5 2.5

250 125
(Unit: mm/s)

(Note 1)

1 Stroke

2 Compatible controllers

3 Cable length

4 Options

(Note 1) 50mm increments over 100mm.

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)

Pulse Motor

* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

4 Option List
Servo Motor (24V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FLR FT FT2/FT4 GS2 GS4 LA NM See Page Standard Price

Name Brake Flange bracket (back) Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Foot bracket 2 (right/left side mounting) Guide mounting direction Power-saving Reversed-home

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-28 A-29 A-31 A-32 A-32 A-33

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22 mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

* The brake is available for strokes of 70mm or more. * Please be sure that the mounting direction of the guide is specified in the product name. * The guide and the foot bracket cannot be mounted in the same direction.

219

RCA-SRGS4R

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Order


ME 3 Cable joint connector (*1) SE Home st ME (*2) 42.5 3 st+60 5 (shaft overhang at SE) st 4 3 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home)

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

15

80 45

45.5

45

Secure at least 100

(210)

20

90.5

5.5

34

10

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

2.5
E-M4 depth 10 (same with opposite side)

50.5

Mini
4-M6 depth 12

95

6-M5 depth 12

Standard
20 30 34
(View A)

44

34

7.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type


34

22.5

0.5

30

30

20 14.5 34.5 8

17

C L

D50 A

15

22

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

E-M4 depth 10

24

D50

GS4 GS2 LeftActuator Rightmounted mounted GS3 Bottommounted

* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)
ST : Stroke SE : Stroke end ME : Mechanical end

34

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

Guide mounting direction (as viewed from View A)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) (*2) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 126.5 84 62 30 0 4 1.15 30 136.5 94 72 40 0 4 1.21 40 146.5 104 82 50 0 4 1.28

(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 166.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.42 70 176.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.49 80 186.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.56 90 196.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.62 100 206.5 164 142 60 1 6 1.69 150 256.5 214 192 60 2 8 2.03 200 306.5 264 242 60 3 10 2.38

50 156.5 114 92 60 0 4 1.35

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20SI1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-20SI1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

ACON-PL-20S1-NP-2-0

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20SI1-N-0-0

RACON-20S1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20SI1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-SRGS4R

220

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RGD3C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled

RCA
Series

RGD3C
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(Except the 2.5mm-lead model)

Power-saving

Technical References
(1)

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT O

Notes on Selection

(2)

Controllers
(3)

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and power-saving models (0.2G for 2.5mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (2.5mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated
Thrust (N)

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 200
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGD3C-I-20-10- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGD3C-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGD3C-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

10 20 5 2.5

4 9 18

1.2 2.7 6.2

36.2 50200 72.4 144.8


(50mm increments)

10 5 2.5

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

Stroke

Compatible controllers

Cable length

Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Power-saving (*3) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 16mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

221

(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for 2.5mm-lead model. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the power-saving option cannot be used simultaneously.

RCA-RGD3C

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2. A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

8 (guide rod OD)

[No Brake]
16 (rod OD)

20

M351.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

Secure at least 100

ME 3

SE Home 3 st

ME 12 35 (st+65) st 3

40 (width across ats) Nut B ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L 53 (st+12) 32 (width across ats) 5 17 14

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

Cable joint connector *1 85.5

29 20

42

92 83 75 61

32

35

92

Gripper/ Rotary Type


30 37 48.6 Bracket A 14 (width across ats) Nut A 8 53 (st+12) 32 (width across ats) 5 Bracket B L 17 14 43 124.5 48.6

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

[Brake-Equipped]

32

(42)

(35)

Splash Proof

C2

4-

C2

Bracket A
4-

Bracket B

Bracket A 14 (width across ats) Nut A

Bracket B

Controllers

75 20.5 20 20.5

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Nut B
M35x1.5

Nut A
92 83
M26x1.5

.6 48

20 8-M4 (through 30 hole)

12

4-M5 (through hole)

RCA-RGD3C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 277.5 327.5 L 190 140


Weight (kg) 1.1 1.2

150 377.5 240 1.4 150 416.5 240 1.6

200 427.5 290 1.5 200 466.5 290 1.7

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

29 37

32

46

RCA-RGD3C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 316.5 366.5 L 190 140


Weight (kg) 1.3 1.4

2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI1NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Program Control Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEPCW20SI1NP20

ACONC20SI1NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI1NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI1NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

ACONPL20SI1NP20

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACONSE20SI1N00

RACON20S1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

ASELC120SI1NP20

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGD3C

222

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RGD4C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Coupled

RCA
Series

RGD4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(*1)

Power-saving

(*1)

Except all 20W models and 30W 3mm lead models


P. A-5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type


(1)

Technical References

INT

(2)

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection
(3)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard and power-saving models (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (3mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated
Thrust (N)

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGD4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1 50300


(50mm increments)

12 6 3

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder

Stroke

Compatible controller

Control length

Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Power-saving (*3) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

223

(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models. (*3) The high acceleration/deceleration option and the power-saving option cannot be used simultaneously.

RCA-RGD4C

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2. A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

10 (guide rod OD)

[No Brake]
20 (rod OD)

22

M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

11 41 (st+74)

st

Secure at least 100

ME

SE Home 3 st

ME *2 ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L 9 63 (st+11) 1 19 16

47 (width across ats)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

Cable joint connector *1 m Incremental 42 Absolute 48 52.8

52.8 37 30

Bracket A 19 (width across ats)

110 100 88 73 20

37

50

110

Nut B 20 29 Nut A 36 (width across ats) Bracket B L 63 (st+11) 1 47

Gripper/ Rotary Type

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
m

[BrakeEquipped]

9 Bracket A

19 16

19 (width across ats)

Incremental 42 Absolute 48

Nut B Nut A 36 (width across ats) Bracket B

RCA-RGD4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 272.5 322.5 20W Absol. 285.5 335.5 L Increm. 287.5 337.5 30W Absol. 300.5 350.5 195 145 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.8 2.0

150 200 372.5 422.5 385.5 435.5 387.5 437.5 400.5 450.5 295 245 67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 2.2 2.4

250 472.5 485.5 487.5 500.5 345

300 522.5 535.5 537.5 550.5 395

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

37

(50)

Splash Proof

2.6

2.8

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

4-

8-M5 through-hole

C2

4-

Bracket A

Bracket B 4-M5

88 26.5 20 26.5

Nut A
110 100
M301.5

Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5

2.8

20 30

15

29 37

38

10

50

RCA-RGD4C (with Stroke Increm. 20W Absol. L Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg)

brake) 50 315.5 328.5 330.5 343.5 145

100 365.5 378.5 380.5 393.5 195

150 200 415.5 465.5 428.5 478.5 430.5 480.5 443.5 493.5 295 245 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 2.4 2.6

250 515.5 528.5 530.5 543.5 345

300 565.5 578.5 580.5 593.5 395

C2

2.0

2.2

2.8

3.0

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I2-NP-2-1 AMEC-C-30I2-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I2-NP-2-0 ASEP-C-30I2-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEP-CW-20I2-NP-2-0 ASEP-CW-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-C-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-C-30I2-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-CG-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PL-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PL-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PO-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PO-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-SE-20I2-N-0-0 ACON-SE-30I2-NP-0-0 RACON-202 RACON-302 ASEL-C-1-20 12-NP-2-0 ASEL-C-1-30 12-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" or "LA" if the high acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGD4C

224

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder

RCA-RGD3D
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In Model

RCA
Series

RGD3D
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


(1)

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT
(2) (3)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 36.2

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 200
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGD3D-I-20-10- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGD3D-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGD3D-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

10 20 5 2.5

4 9 18

1.2 2.7 6.2

10 50200
(50mm increments)

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

72.4 144.8

5 2.5

Stroke

Compatible controllers

Cable length

Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Foot bracket Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)

A-29 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 16mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

225

RCA-RGD3D

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2 A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

8 (guide rod OD)

[No Brake]
16 (rod OD)

20 M351.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

Secure at least 100

ME 3

SE Home 3 st

ME 12 35 (st+65) st 3 Nut B

40 (width across ats)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L

Cable joint connector *1

29 20

8 53

(st+12) 32 (width across ats) 5

17 14

66.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

92 83

75 61

42 35

32

30 37 48.6

Bracket A 14 (width across ats) Nut A Bracket B 48.6

92

Cleanroom Type

Bracket A
2 4C

Bracket B
4C 2

Splash Proof

20 20.5

Nut A
92 83
M26x1.5

Nut B
M35x1.5

Controllers
8 4 .6

20.5

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCA-RGD3D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 258.5 308.5 L 190 140
Weight (kg) 1.1 1.2 150 358.5 240 1.4 200 408.5 290 1.5

75

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

8-M4 (through-hole)

20 30

12

4-M5 (through-hole)

29 37

32

46

Brake-equipped configuration is not available with the RCA-RGD3D.

2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI1NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL
P477

ASEL SSEL XSEL


ACON-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

ASEP-CW-20SI1-NP-2-0

ACON-PL-20SI1-NP-2-0

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20SI1-N-0-0

RACON-20S1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20SI1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGD3D

226

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Built-In Model

RCA-RGD4D
Configuration:

RCA
Series

RGD4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type


(1)

Technical References

P. A-5

INT
(2) (3)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead 12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3 Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical kg)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Rated
Thrust (N)

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGD4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1 50300


(50mm increments)

12 6 3

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder

Stroke

Compatible controller

Control length

Options

Encoder List & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS LA NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Foot bracket Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)

A-29 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

227

RCA-RGD4D

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2. A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

10 (guide rod OD)

[No Brake]
20 (rod OD)

22 M401.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

3 st

3 41 (st+74)

11

st

ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L

Secure at least 100

ME

SE Home

ME*2

47 (width across ats)

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini


52.8

Cable joint connector *1

52.8 37 30 Bracket A 9 63

r (st+11) 1

19

Incremental 42 Absolute 48

16

Standard

19 (width across ats)

37

50

110 100 88 73 20

110

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Nut B 20 29 Nut A 36 (width across ats) Bracket B

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
C2 4C2
8-M5 through-hole

Bracket A

4-

Bracket B 4-M5

26.5

Nut A
110 100
M301.5

Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5

26.5

2.8

20 30

15

29 37

RCA-RGD4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 250.5 300.5 20W Absol. 263.5 313.5 L Increm. 265.5 315.5 30W Absol. 278.5 328.5 195 145 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.6 1.8

150 200 350.5 400.5 363.5 413.5 365.5 415.5 378.5 428.5 295 245 45.5 58.5 60.5 73.5 2.1 2.3

250 450.5 463.5 465.5 478.5 345

300 500.5 513.5 515.5 528.5 395

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

88 20

38

10

50

2.5

2.7

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

Brake-equipped configuration is not available with the RCA-RGD4D.

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20I2-NP-2-1 AMEC-C-30I2-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20I2-NP-2-0 ASEP-C-30I2-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEP-CW-20I2-NP-2-0 ASEP-CW-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-C-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-C-30I2-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-CG-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PL-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PL-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PO-20I2-NP-2-0 ACON-PO-30I2-NP-2-0 ACON-SE-20I2-N-0-0 ACON-SE-30I2-N-0-0 RACON-202 RACON-302 ASEL-C-1-2012-NP-2-0 ASEL-C-1-3012-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGD4D

228

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 32mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCA-RGD3R
Configuration:

RCA
Series

RGD3R
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 10 : 10mm 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

Power-saving

Technical References
(1)

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT
(2) (3)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 36.2 72.4 144.8

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 200
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGD3R-I-20-10- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGD3R-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-RGD3R-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

10 20 5 2.5

4.0 9.0 18.0

1.2 2.7 6.2

10 50 200
(50mm increments)

500 250 125


(Unit: mm/s)

5 2.5

Stroke

Compatible controllers

Cable length

Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Clevis Bracket Back-mounting plate Option Code B FT FLR HS LA NM QR RP See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-28 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-34 A-35
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 16mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

229

RCA-RGD3R

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2. A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

[No Brake]
35 8

L r 31 18

Rod Type Mini Standard

Nut A
M26x1.5

32 Bracket A

116.5 9.5 85.5 25

Secure at least 100

Bracket B

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type


Cable joint connector *1

Mini Standard
84.4

3 ME 20 SE Home

3 ME *2

35

42

st

Nut A Nut A

42

29

20

30

37

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

61 75 83 92

16 (rod OD)

12 (st+65)

50

M8 depth 15

14 (width across ats) *3

155.5 124.5 43 25

42.4

[Brake-Equipped]
35
st Nut A 3 Home ME*2

Cleanroom Type

42

Splash Proof
Nut A

Bracket A

4-

8-M4 through-hole

Bracket B
4-M5

ME

SE

4-

Controllers

20 20.5

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
16 (rod OD)
12 (st+65) 50 3

20 30

12

14 (width across ats) 29 37 8

RCA-RGD3R (without brake) Stroke 50 100 212 262 L 128 178


Weight (kg) 1.2 1.3

75

92 83

150 312 228 1.5 150 312 228 1.7

200 362 278 1.6 200 362 278 1.8

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

20.5

RCA-RGD3R (with brake) Stroke 50 100 262 212 L 178 128


Weight (kg) 1.4 1.5

2 Compatible controller
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20SI2NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20SI2NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEPCW20SI2NP20

ACONC20SI2NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20SI2 NP20 ACONPL20SI2NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACONPO20SI2NP20 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACONSE20SI2N00

RACON20S2

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASELC120SI2NP20

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGD3R

230

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCA

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 24V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCA-RGD4R
Configuration:

RCA
Series

RGD4R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

* The absolute models are only compatible with ASEL Simple absolute encoders are considered incremental * See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON ASEL A3 : AMEC ASEP

Power-saving

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


(1)

Technical References

P. A-5

INT
(2) (3)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Notes on Selection

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCA-RGD4R- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCA-RGD4R- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder

Stroke

Compatible controller

Control length

Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Power-saving Reversed-home Clevis Bracket Back-mounting plate Option Code B FT FLR HS LA NM QR RP See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-28 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-34 A-35
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

231

RCA-RGD4R

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1 *2. A motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product. L 41 9 33 20

P. A-9

Mini Standard

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCA-RGD4R (without brake) Stroke 50 100 Increm. 227 277 20W Absol. 277 227 L Increm. 227 277 30W Absol. 277 227 188 133 Increm. 20W Absol. m Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. P Increm. 30W Absol.
Weight (kg) 1.9 2.2 150 327 327 327 327 233 200 377 377 377 377 288 250 427 427 427 427 333 300 477 477 477 477 383

*3.

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

[No Brake]
Nut A
M301.5

0.2

38

67.5 80.5 82.5 95.5 100.5 113.5 115.5 128.5 2.3 2.6 2.7 3.0

Secure at least 100

Bracket A Cable joint connector *1 ME 3 SE Bracket B st Home 3 ME *2 9.5 m

P 26

Incremental 42 Absolute 48

20 (rod OD)

20

Nut A

50

Standard
Nut A

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

29 20

30 37

73 88 100 110

19 (width across ats)*3 11 (st+74) m P 47 26 st 3

M101.25 Depth 18 50.5

[Brake-Equipped]
ME 3 SE

st Home 3 ME *2

9.5

98.5

48

Splash Proof
RCA-RGD4R (with brake)
Stroke Increm. Absol. Increm. 30W Absol. 20W L m Increm. Absol. Increm. 30W Absol. Increm. 20W Absol. Increm. 30W Absol. 20W Weight (kg) 2.1 2.4 50 227 227 227 227 133 100 277 277 277 277 188 150 200 377 327 377 327 377 327 377 327 288 233 110.5 123.5 125.5 138.5 143.5 156.5 158.5 171.5 2.5 2.8 250 427 427 427 427 333 300 477 477 477 477 383

Incremental 42 Absolute 48

20 (rod OD)

50

Bracket A
4C2
8-M5 through-hole

Bracket B
44-M5

Nut A

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

Nut A

88 20 26.5

C2

110 100

19 (width across ats) 11 (st+74) st 3

26.5

20 30

29 15 37 8

2.9

3.2

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMECC20I2NP21 AMECC30I2NP21 Solenoid Valve Type ASEPC20I2NP20 ASEPC30I2NP20 SplashProof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type SafetyCompliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type ASEPCW20I2NP20 ASEPCW30I2NP20 ACONC20I2NP20 ACONC30I2NP20 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACONCG20I2NP20 ACONCG30I2NP20 ACONPL20I2NP20 ACONPL30I2NP20 ACONPO20I2NP20 ACONPO30I2NP20 ACONSE20I2N00 ACONSE30I2N00 RACON202 RACON302 ASELC12012NP20 ASELC13012NP20 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points DC24V 30W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak 512 points 20W 1.3A rated 4.4A peak Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easytouse controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-RGD4R

232

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCA

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 45mm Width Servo Motor Short-Length Model

RCA-SRGD4R
Configuration:

RCA
Series

SRGD4R
Type

I
Encoder

20
Motor Lead 5: 5mm 2.5 : 2.5mm Stroke 20 : 20mm
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom

Option See Options below

I: Incremental 20 : 20W Servo Motor * The Simple absolute encoder is also considered type "I".
* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

A1 : ACON RACON 200 : 200mm ASEL (50mm pitch increments) * Set in 50mm increments A3 : AMEC over 100mm ASEP

Power-saving

Splash Proof

Technical References

P. A-5

Controllers
O

INT

PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead model, or when used vertically). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (2) The values for the horizontal load capacity reflect the use of an external guide. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) 9 18 2 5.5 Rated Stroke Thrust (N) 41 81
(mm) Stroke Lead

20 200
(10mm increments)

RCA-SRGD4R-I-20-5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCA-SRGD4R-I-20-2.5- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Legend

5 2.5

20200
(10mm increments)

5 2.5

250 125
(Unit: mm/s)

(Note 1)

1 Stroke

2 Compatible controllers

3 Cable length

4 Options

(Note 1) 50mm increments over 100mm.

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 2050 60100 150 200 Standard Price

3 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

P (1m) Standard S (3m) (Robot Cables) M (5m) X06 (6m) X10 (10m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X15 (15m) X16 (16m) X20 (20m)

Pulse Motor

* The cable is a motor-encoder integrated cable, and is provided as a robot cable. * See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket 1 (base mounting) Reversed-home Option Code B FT NM See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-33
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 8mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less 22 mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

* The brake is available for strokes of 70mm or more. * The foot bracket cannot be mounted on the side.
Linear Servo Motor

233

RCA-SRGD4R

RCA
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


ME 3 SE st Home ME (*2) 42.5 3 st+60 5 (shaft overhang at SE) st 4 3 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home)

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

7.5 15.5

Cable joint connector (*1)

45

5.5

34

10

Mini
45 Secure at least 100

(210)

45.5

45

45.5

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type


4-M6 depth 12

50.5

15.5 7.5

4-M5 (for mounting the actuator)

E-M4 depth 10 (same with opposite side)

Mini Standard

95

20 30

44 34

34

22.5

7.5

34

0.5

30

30 105 126 136

30

8-M5 depth 12 (for mounting work piece)

20 14.5 34.5 8

17

C L

D50 A

15

22

34

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

E-M4 depth 10

* The exterior dimensions for the brake-equipped model is no different than the standard model. However, 70mm is the minimum stroke of the brake-equipped models. (i.e. The brake is not compatible at 60mm strokes and under.)

34

Splash Proof

24

D50

ST : Stroke SE : Stroke end ME : Mechanical end

Controllers PMEC /AMEC


150 256.5 214 192 60 2 8 2.38 200 306.5 264 242 60 3 10 2.75

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
(*1) (*2) The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 20 126.5 84 62 30 0 4 1.42 30 136.5 94 72 40 0 4 1.49 40 146.5 104 82 50 0 4 1.56

(Add 0.2kg for brake equipped) 60 166.5 124 102 70 0 4 1.71 70 176.5 134 112 30 1 6 1.79 80 186.5 144 122 40 1 6 1.86 90 196.5 154 132 50 1 6 1.94 100 206.5 164 142 60 1 6 2.01

50 156.5 114 92 60 0 4 1.64

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCA series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model AMEC-C-20SI1-NP-2-1 Solenoid Valve Type ASEP-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Splash-Proof Solenoid Valve Type Positioner Type Safety-Compliant Positioner Type Pulse Train Input Type (Differential Line Driver) Pulse Train Input Type (Open Collector) Serial Communication Type Field Network Type Operable with same signal as solenoid valve. Supports both single and double solenoid types. No homing necessary with simple absolute type. 3 points P487 Description Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage AC100V Power Supply Capacity 2.4A rated Standard Price See Page P477

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

ASEP-CW-20SI1-NP-2-0

ACON-C-20SI1-NP-2-0 Positioning is possible for up to 512 points ACON-CG-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with differential line driver support () ACON-PO-20SI1-NP-2-0 Pulse train input type with open collector support Dedicated to serial communication 64 points 1.7A rated 5.1A peak 512 points

ACON-PL-20SI1-NP-2-0

DC24V

P535

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

ACON-SE-20SI1-N-0-0

RACON-20S1

Dedicated to field network Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes

768 points

P503

Servo Motor (200V)

Program Control Type

ASEL-C-1-20SI1-NP-2-0

1500 points

P567

* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * 1 is a placeholder for the code "LA" if the power-saving option is specified.

Linear Servo Motor

RCA-SRGD4R

234

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder

RCS2-RA4C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type

37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Coupled

RCS2
Series

RA4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A: Absloute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(*1)

(*1)

Except all 20W models and 30W 3mm lead models


P. A-5

Technical References
(1)

INT
(2)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation of the standard model at 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and the high acceleration/deceleration model at 1G (excluding the 3mm-lead model). (Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum load capacity values shown in the table below are the upper limits.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.

P
Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

(3)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-RA4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

1.0 2.0 4.0 1.5 3.0 6.5

12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder Type 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor power output 20W 30W Absolute Motor power output 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Knuckle joint Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT FL FLR HA HS NJ NM TRF TRR See Page Standard Price

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-29 A-27 A-28 A-32 A-32 A-34 A-33 A-38 A-38

Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

235

RCS2-RA4C

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

[No Brake]
M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20)

M301.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

22 20 L st 3 ME SE Home ME *2 3 56 Nut A 36 (width across ats)*3 19 m 22

Standard Controllers Integrated


52 .8

20 (rod OD)

37

48

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard


40

Nut C 19 (width across ats)*3 9 10 Nut B 16 47 (width across ats)

Cable joint connector *1

Secure at least 100

52

.8

50

[Brake-Equipped]
st 3 ME SE Home ME*2 3 56 Nut A 36 (width across ats)

L 19 47 m

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

20 (rod OD)

(50)

(48)

37

Cleanroom Type

Nut A
M301.5

Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5

Nut C 19 (width across ats)

10

2.8

Nut B

16

Splash Proof
47 (width across ats)

Controllers
8 38

10

50

Nut C
M10x1.25

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 292.5 342.5 L 30W 307.5 357.5 187 137 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 1.1 1.2 150 200 392.5 442.5 407.5 457.5 287 237 80.5 95.5 1.4 1.5 250 492.5 507.5 337 300 542.5 557.5 487

PMEC /AMEC
RCS2-RA4C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 335.5 385.5 L 30W 350.5 400.5 187 137 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 1.3 1.5

17

150 200 435.5 485.5 450.5 500.5 287 237 123.5 138.5 1.6 1.7

250 535.5 550.5 337

300 585.5 600.5 487

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

(19.6)

1.7

1.8

1.9

2.0

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-2012-NP-2-3 SCON-C-30D12-NP-2-3 Serial Communication Type

Operable with same controls as solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. * When operating a 150W single-Axes model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated for Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-30D12-NP-2-3

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-4-1-201-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-30D12-N1-EEE-2-5

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* * * * * *

For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-Axes model. 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RA4C

236

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder

RCS2-RA5C
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type

55mm Width 200V Servo Motor Coupled

RCS2
Series

RA5C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A: Absloute Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8: 8mm 4: 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(*1)

(*1)

Except all 60W models and 100W 4mm lead models


P. A-5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type


(1)

Technical References

INT
(2)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 4mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration/deceleration models (0.2G for 4mm-lead). (Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum load capacity values shown in the table below are the upper limits.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.

P
Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

(3)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 63.8 127.5 255.1 105.8 212.7 424.3

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 250
(50mm increments)

300
(mm)

RCS2-RA5C- 1 -60-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -60-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -60-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -100-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -100-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5C- 1 -100-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4

12.0 25.0 50.0 15.0 30.0 60.0

2.0 5.0 11.5 3.5 9.0 18.0

16 8 50 300
(50mm increments)

800 400 200

755 377 188


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder Type 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor power output 60W 100W Absolute Motor power output 60W 100W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code A2 B FL FT HA See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Flange Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1)

A-25 A-25 A-27 A-29 A-32

(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 60W models and 100W model with 4mm lead.

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 30mm 0.7 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

237

RCS2-RA5C

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


* The RA5C is not available in reversed-home configuration, due to its construction. *1. *2.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

[No Brake]

42 30.5

*3.

The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product. Cable joint connector *1

9.5 (width across ats) *3

43

30

28

Standard
M141.5 4-M6 depth 12 (300)

Controllers Integrated
0.5

Table/Arm /Flat Type


(72) 55 44 26 19 54 (62)

Mini Standard

ME 19 26 44 55 Section A (4.8)

SE

Home 4 ST

ME *2 0.5 52 L Secure at least 100 m 54

0.5

0.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

[Brake-Equipped]
4.3
4.3 7.3

1.8

ME

SE

Home 4 ST

ME *2 72.5 52 L m

Details of section A

Splash Proof

(4.8)

Dimensions of the Supplied Nut


8 22 M141.5

Controllers PMEC /AMEC


RCS2-RA5C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 60W 354.5 404.5 L 100W 372.5 422.5 188 138 60W m 100W
Weight (kg) 2.2 2.5

(25.4)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA5C (brake) Stroke 50 60W 282 L 100W 300 138 60W m 100W
Weight (kg) 1.9 100 332 350 188 150 382 400 238 92 110 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 200 432 450 288 250 482 500 338 300 532 550 388 150 200 454.5 504.5 472.5 522.5 288 238 164.5 182.5 2.8 3.1 250 554.5 572.5 338 300 604.5 622.5 388

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

3.4

3.7

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-601-NP-2-3 SCON-C-10012-NP-2-3 Serial Communication Type

Operable with same controls as solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. * When operating a 150W single-Axes model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-601-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-100 12-NP-2-3

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-4-1-60 1-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-100 12-N1-EEE-2-5

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-Axes model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RA5C

238

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder

RCS2-RA4D
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type

37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Built-In (Direct-Coupled) Motor

RCS2
Series

RA4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A: Absloute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

Technical References

P. A-5

INT

(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. (2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. (3) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-RA4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

1.0 2.0 4.0 1.5 3.0 6.5

12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder Type 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor power output 20W 30W Absolute Motor power output 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Name Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Knuckle joint Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (front) Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code FT FL FLR HS NJ NM TRF TRR See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

A-29 A-27 A-28 A-32 A-34 A-33 A-38 A-38

239

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

RCS2-RA4D

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2. *3. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

[No Brake]
M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20)

M301.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

22 20 22

Table/Arm /Flat Type


19 m

L st 3 ME SE Home ME 3 56 Nut A 36 (width across ats)*3 47 (width across ats)

Mini Standard
5

20 (rod OD)

37

48

50

2.8

Gripper/ Rotary Type


Secure at least 100

2.8

Nut C 19 (width across ats) 9 10 Nut B Cable joint connector *1 16

Linear Servo Type


40

Cleanroom Type

Splash Proof

Nut A
M301.5

Nut B
0 4 .2
M401.5

Nut C
(19.6)
.8 52
M10x1.25

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 270.5 320.5 L 30W 335.5 285.5 187 137 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 1.0 1.2 150 200 370.5 420.5 385.5 435.5 287 237 58.5 73.5 1.3 1.5 250 470.5 485.5 337 300 520.5 535.5 487

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

38

10

50

17

1.6

1.8

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

Brake-equipped configuration is not available with the RCS2-RA4D.

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-20 1-NP-2-2 SCON-C-30D 1-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with same controls as solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max.

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

* When operating a 150W single-Axes model

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-20 1-NP-2-2 SSEL-C-1-30D 1-NP-2-2

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-3-1-20 1-N1-EEE-2-4 XSEL-3-1-30D 1-N1-EEE-2-1

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-Axes model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RA4D

240

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type Short-Length Type 75mm Width 200V Servo Motor

RCS2-SRA7BD
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

SRA7BD
Type Encoder I : Incremental Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor 150 : 150W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8: 8mm 4: 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

Technical References
INT
(1) (2) (3) (4)

P. A-5

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

When operated at the rated acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the rated acceleration. When operated at the maximum acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the maximum acceleration. If positioning repeatability and/or lost motion is required, the rotation of the rod must be restricted. In this case, select a model with a guide, or add a separate guide. The standard model may exhibit vibration of the rod at long strokes. If this is an issue, select a model with a guide, or add a separate guide.

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead (mm) Rated Acceleration (G) Load Capacity at Rated Acceleration Horizontal (kg) Load Capacity at Max. Maximum Acceleration Acceleration Horizontal (G) Vertical (kg) Vertical (kg) (kg) Rated Thrust Stroke (mm) (N)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke Lead 50 300 (50mm increments)

RCS2-SRA7BD-I-60-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRA7BD-I-60-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRA7BD-I-60-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRA7BD-I-100-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRA7BD-I-100-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRA7BD-I-100-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRA7BD-I-150-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRA7BD-I-150-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRA7BD-I-150-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend Stroke Compatible controller

16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4 16 150 8 4
Cable length

0.25 0.15 0.05 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.1


Options

5 10 20 10 22 40 15 35 55

2 5 10 3.5 9 19.5 6.5 14.5 22.5

0.35 0.25 0.15 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.3 0.2

2.5 5 10 5 10 20 7.5 17.5 27.5

1 2.5 5 1.5 4.5 9 3 7 11

63 127 254 103 207 414 157 314 628


50300 (50mm increments)

16 8 4

800 400 200


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 60W 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price Motor power output 100W

3 Cable List
Type 150W Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

Servo Motor (24V)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code A1 A3 B FL FT RE See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Flange Foot bracket Extended rod tip

A-25 A-25 A-27 A-29 A-35

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 35mm 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

241

RCS2-SRA7BD

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


* The SRA7BD is not available in reversed-home configuration, due to its construction. *1. *2. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ST: Stroke SE: Stroke end ME: Mechanical end

*3. Note The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

300

Cable joint connector *1

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

Note The orientation of the 35 outer circumference groove varies with product. Dimension for extended rod tip 4-M5 depth 12 Home

Rod OD 35

Home

Standard
*2

18 (width across ats)

19 (width across ats)

Gripper/ Rotary Type


Secure at least 100 36.5 (additional to standard)

Dimensions of the Supplied Nut (1pc)

18 (width across ats) r-M5 depth 12

If brake - equipped: the model is heavier by 0.3kg.

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Note:
Do not apply any external force on the rod from any direction other than the direction of the rod's motion. If a force is exerted on the rod in a perpendicular or rotational direction, the detent may become damaged. pitch

Splash Proof

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke 60W L 100W 150W 60W m n p r Weight (kg) 60W 100W 150W 100W 150W 50 126 133 145 69 76 88 25 0 4 2.4 2.6 2.9 100 176 176 176 119 119 119 35 0 4 2.9 3.1 3.3 150 226 226 226 169 169 169 35 1 6 3.5 3.7 3.9 200 276 276 276 219 219 219 35 2 8 4.1 4.2 4.4 250 326 326 326 269 269 269 35 3 10 4.6 4.8 5 300 376 376 376 319 319 319 35 4 12 5.2 5.4 5.6

Note:
A slit is provided in the side of the actuator body to prevent pauses due to forward/backward operation. Please make a separate request for a dustproof/splashproof model.

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-1I-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with same controls as solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. * When operating a 150W single-axis model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-1I-NP-2-2

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-3-1-1I-N1-EEE-2-4

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

Note:

The SRA7BD type actuator cannot be connected to the 5th and 6th axis of the XSEL-P/Q controller.

* * * * *

For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. 1 is a place holder for the motor output (W) (60, 100, 150). 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-SRA7BD

242

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type Side-Mounted Motor 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor

RCS2-RA4R
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

RA4R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Technical References
(1)

P. A-5

INT O

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

(2) (3)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-RA4R- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA4R- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

1.0 2.0 4.0 1.5 3.0 6.5

12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (front) Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Knuckle joint Reversed-home Clevis Bracket Back-mounting plate Trunnion bracket (front) Option Code B FT FL FLR HS NJ NM QR RP TRF See Page Standard Price

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-29 A-27 A-28 A-32 A-34 A-33 A-34 A-35 A-38

Actuator Specifications
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

243

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

RCS2-RA4R

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

[No Brake]

M101.25 (effective screw thread range 20)

M301.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

M301.5 (effective screw thread range 17.5)

22 20 P m 26

20

Standard
40

Secure at least 100

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

Cable joint connector *1

48

98.5

48 98.5

ME

3 SE

Home

3 ME *2

20 (rod OD)

st

Nut A*3 36 (width across ats)

50

Nut A

Mini Standard

37

Nut B 19 (width across ats) *3 50.5 9 56 10 L P 47 33

M10 depth 18 50.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

[Brake-Equipped]

26

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA4R (without brake)
Stroke 20W L 30W m 20W 30W 20W 30W 1.2 50 234 234 125 1.4 100 284 284 175 50 234 234 125 100 284 284 175 150 334 334 225 200 384 384 275 250 434 434 325 300 484 484 375

ME

3 SE

Home

3 ME

20 (rod OD)

st

48

50

Nut A

Nut A

Splash Proof

80.5 95.5 113.5 128.5 1.5 150 1.7 200 1.8 250 434 434 325 2.0 300 484 484 375

37

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2


2.0 2.2

Nut A
M301.5

Nut B
(19.6)
0 4 .2
M10x1.25

19 (width across ats) *3

Nut B 9 56 10 36 (width across ats) L 33

Weight (kg) Stroke 20W 30W 20W 30W 20W 30W

RCS2-RA4R (with brake)


L 334 384 334 384 225 275 123.5 138.5 156.5 171.5 1.7 1.9

6 8 38

17

m P

Weight (kg)

1.4

1.6

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-20 1-NP-2-2 SCON-C-30D1-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with same controls as solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. * When operating a 150W single-axis model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-2 SSEL-C-1-30D1-NP-2-2

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-3-1-201-N1-EEE-2-4 XSEL-3-1-30D1-N1-EEE-2-4

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RA4R

244

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder

RCS2-RA5R
Configuration:

ROBO Cylinder Rod Type

55mm Width 200V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCS2
Series

RA5R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute

60
Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8: 8mm 4: 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below * Be sure to specify which side the motor is to be mounted (ML/MR).

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


(1)

Technical References

P. A-5

Splash Proof

INT
(2) (3)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 4mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod.

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 63.8 127.5 255.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 250
(50mm increments)

300
(mm)

RCS2-RA5R- 1 -60-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5R- 1 -60-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RA5R- 1 -60-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5


Legend:

16 60 8 4

12.0 25.0 50.0

2.0 5.0 11.5

16 50 300
(50mm increments)

800 400 200

755 377 188


(Unit: mm/s)

8 4

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


2 Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price 1 Encoder Incremental I Absolute A

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code A2 B FL FT ML MR See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Flange Foot bracket Left-Mounted Motor (Standard) Right-Mounted Motor

A-25 A-25 A-27 A-29 A-33 A-33

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 30mm 0.7 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

245

RCS2-RA5R

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


* The RA5R is not available in reversed-home configuration, due to its construction.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

(72) (63) 55 44 26 19

[No Brake]
52 42 4-M6 depth 12 30.5 6 4

*1. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product. 62

9.5 (width across ats) *3

43

30

28

55 44 26 19

Standard
122.5

10

M141.5 section A

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

54

Cable joint connector *1

3.5

54

300

83

39

Mini Standard

ME (4.8)

SE Home 4 ST

ME *2 L L 52 42 30.5 9.5 (width across ats) *3 6 4 72.5 39

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

4.3

4.3 7.3

Details of section A

1.8

[Brake-Equipped]

Splash Proof
43
Dimensions of the Supplied Nut 8 22 M141.5 M141.5

30

28

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

(25.4)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RA5R (without brake) Stroke 50 100 302 252 L 188 138
Weight (kg) 2.3 2.6 150 352 238 2.9 200 402 288 3.2 250 452 338 3.5 300 502 388 3.8

RCS2-RA5R (with brake) Stroke 50 100 301.5 351.5 L 188 138


Weight (kg) 2.6 2.9

ROBO NET
150 401.5 238 3.2 200 451.5 288 3.5 250 501.5 338 3.8 300 551.5 388 4.1

ERC2 PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-601-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with same controls as solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. * When operating a 150W single-axis model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-601-NP-2-2

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-3-1-601-N1-EEE-2-4

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, 3: 3-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RA5R

246

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Ultra High Thrust Rod Type 130mm Width 200V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCS2-RA13R
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

RA13R
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute

750
Motor 750 : 750W Servo Motor Lead 2.5 : 2.5mm 1.25 : 1.25mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 200 : 200mm (50mm pitch increments)

T2
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below * Please be sure to specify one of the codes for the motor mounting direction and the cable exit direction.

T2 : SCON

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Pushing Force vs. Current Limit


25000

20000

Pushing Force (N)

19600 1.25mm lead 9800

15000

10000

2.5mm lead
5000

2000
0

1000
0 20 50 100 150 Current Limit (%) 200 250

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


O
INT
(2) (3)

Note: The correlation between the pushing force and the current limit are only rough guide values, and may deviate from the actual numbers. The pushing force may be inconsistent if the current limit is low. Therefore, please set it at 20% or higher. The travel speed while the pushing force is acting is fixed at 10mm/s. The graph shows pushing action at 10mm/s. Please note that the pushing force will decrease if the speed changes. Depending on operational conditions, the pushing force may decrease due to the rise in the temperature of the motor.

Technical References
(1)

P. A-5

When performing pushing operation, duration of continuous use is preset for the set pushing force. In addition, the continuous thrust (with load and duty factored in) must be less than the rated thrust. For details, please see selection reference material ( A-71). The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.02G for 2.5mm-lead, and 0.01 for 1.25-lead. This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. The brake option requires, in addition to the actuator and the controller, a brake box (see accessories on P248).

Splash Proof

Notes on Selection

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON

(4)

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead (mm) Max. Acceleration (G) Max. Load Capacity Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) Continuous Maximum Push Rated Thrust Pushing Force Force (N) (N) (N) Stroke (mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke (mm) Lead (mm)

50 85

100 150 120 62

200

RCS2-RA13R- 1 -750-2.5- 2 -T2- 3 - 4


750

2.5 1.25

0.02 0.01

400 500

200 300

5106 10211

3567 7141

9800 19600

50 200
(50mm increments)

2.5 1.25

125

RCS2-RA13R- 1 -750-1.25- 2 -T2- 3 - 4


Legend:

Encoder

Stroke

Cable length

Options

(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder & Stroke List


PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

3 Cable List
Standard Price 1 Encoder Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

2 Stroke (mm) 50 100 150 200

Incremental Absolute 1t type (2.5mm lead) 2t type (1.25mm lead) 1t type (2.5mm lead) 2t type (1.25mm lead)

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code B BN MT1/MT2/MT3 MR1/MR2 ML1/ML3 FL FT See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Brake (with brake box) Brake (without brake box) Top-mounted motor Right-mounted motor Left-mounted motor Flange Foot bracket

P248 P248 P248 P248 P248 A-27 A-29

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Rod Diameter Allowable Load Moment of the Rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Push Force Service Life

Description Ball screw 32mm C10 grade 0.01mm 0.2mm or less 50mm (ball spline) 120 Nm 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing) 10 million pushes (*1)

247

(*1) The number of pushes are based on maximum pushing force and a distance of 1mm.

RCS2-RA13R

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


5 Cable joint connector *1 *1. *2 *3.

P. A-9

Mini Standard

[No Brake]

The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

85h7

Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

(251) Secure at least 100

SE: Stroke end ME: Mechanical end

124

50 (rod OD)

Note:
The brake-equipped model (option code: "-B") always comes with a brake box. If you want to order just the brake-equipped actuator, specify the option code "-BN".
130 st+232.5 ST+439.5 L 2-8H7, depth 10 D-M12, depth 18 77

16 286

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

8-M12, depth 24

M301.5 45 (effective screw thread range) 5 (*1) ME 50

36 diagonal (*2)(width across ats)

66

128

50 95

50 95 124 130

Home 16 (width across ats) 5 ME st SE

44

(110)

70

[Brake-Equipped]
E A B100P (C) (251)

RCS2-RA13R (without brake)


Stroke L A B C D E Weight (kg) 50 599.5 40 2 42.5 6 90 33 100 649.5 65 2 67.5 6 115 34

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
150 699.5 40 3 42.5 8 90 35 200 749.5 65 3 67.5 8 115 36

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Brake box (included)


(Included in the brake-equipped model) Standalone model: RCB-110-RA13-0

M301.5 45 (effective screw thread range)

50 (rod OD)

Min 100

12

103

94 70

Splash Proof
RCS2-RA13R (with brake) Stroke 50 100 656.5 706.5 L 65 40 A 2 2 B 67.5 42.5 C 6 6 D 115 90 E
Weight (kg) 35 36 150 756.5 40 3 42.5 8 90 37 200 806.5 65 3 67.5 8 115 38

65.5

4-5

152 162 142 ME 5

5 (*1) Home ME 16 (width 50 across ats) st SE

12

44

130

st+232.5 ST+439.5 L

77

103

Note: The brake box requires a DC24V (max1A) power.

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL

(110)

57

Motor-mounting direction / Cable exit direction (Options)

Note:
Please be sure to specify one of the codes for the motor mounting direction and the cable exit direction.

Option Code Motor-mounting direction Cable exit direction

MT1 Top (standard) Top (standard)

MT2 Top Right

MT3 Top Left

MR1 Right Top

ML1 Left Top

MR2 Right Right

ML3 Left Left

Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage. Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SSEL XSEL

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-7501-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with same controls as solenoid valve.

7 points Single-Phase AC 200V

1569VA max. * When operating a 750W single-axis model P547

Pulse Motor

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Servo Motor (24V)

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input

()

Servo Motor (200V)


* 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RA13R

248

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Coupled

RCS2-RGS4C
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

RGS4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6: 6mm 3: 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(*1)

(*1)

Except all 20W models and 30W 3mm lead models


P. A-5

Technical References
(1)

INT
(2)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration models (3mm-lead model excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-81) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Notes on Selection

(3)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

249

RCS2-RGS4C

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

20 (rod OD)

10 (guide rod OD)

[No Brake]

22

M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

ME 3

SE Home 3 st

ME*2 11 41 (st+74) st 3 ME Home Shaft overhang at SE 9 63 L (st+11) 1 19 16 m

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini


50

81 59 36.5

44 55

37

48

Standard

Bracket A 19 (width across ats) *3 30 50 Nut A

36 (width across ats) *3 Bracket B

Secure at least 100

15

26

81

Nut B

47 (width across ats)

Gripper/ Rotary Type


40 50

Cable joint connector *1 19 16 1 m 47

[Brake-Equipped]

9 63

(st+11)

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

(50)

(48)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RGS4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 200 20W 285.5 335.5 385.5 435.5 L 30W 300.5 350.5 400.5 450.5 295 195 245 145 80.5 20W m 95.5 30W
Weight (kg) 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.0 250 485.5 500.5 345 300 535.5 550.5 395

37

Splash Proof

Bracket A
C
6-M5 through-hole

Bracket B
2 44-M5

Bracket A 19 (width across ats) Nut A

36 (width across ats) Bracket B

Nut B

47 (width across ats)

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

Nut A
50 36.5 81
M301.5

Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5

10 26.5

15 36.5 59

4-

22

2.8

2.2

2.4

26

20 30

15

29 37

8 8 38 10 50

RCS2-RGS4C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 328.5 378.5 L 30W 343.5 393.5 195 145 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 1.7 1.8

10

150 200 428.5 478.5 443.5 493.5 295 245 123.5 138.5 2.0 2.2

250 528.5 543.5 345

300 578.5 593.5 395

2.4

2.6

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


Maximum 360VA * Single-axis model operated at 150W P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-201-NP-2-3 SCON-C-30D12-NP-2-3 Serial Communication Type

Operable with the same controls as the solenoid valve.

7 points Single-Phase AC 100V 64 points Single-Phase AC 200V () 3-Phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-30D12-NP-2-3

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-4-1-201-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-30D12-N1-EEE-2-5

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RGS4C

250

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 55mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Coupled

RCS2-RGS5C
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

RGS5C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8: 8mm 4: 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(*1)

(*1)

Except all 60W models and 100W 4mm lead models


P. A-5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


(1)

Technical References

INT
(2)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 4mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration/deceleration models (4mm-lead excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Notes on Selection

(3)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 63.8 127.5 255.1 105.8 212.7 424.3

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 250
(50mm increments)

300
(mm)

RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -60-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -60-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -60-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -100-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -100-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS5C- 1 -100-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4

12.0 25.0 50.0 15.0 30.0 60.0

1.3 4.3 10.8 2.8 8.3 17.3

16 8 50 300
(50mm increments)

800 400 200

755 377 188


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 60W 100W Absolute Motor Output (W) 60W 100W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code A2 B FT GS2 GS4 HA See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Foot bracket Guide mounting direction High-acceleration/deceleration (*1)

A-25 A-25 A-29 P252 A-32

(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 60W models and 100W model with 4mm lead.

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 12mm, Ball bush type) 30mm 0.1 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

251

RCS2-RGS5C

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


* The RGS5C is not available in reversed-home configuration, due to its construction.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

*1. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

Dimensions of the Supplied Nut


Cable joint connector *1

M4 ME (4.8) st Actuator width: 55 0.5 54 0.5 25 19 67.5 SE Home ME*2 4 54 st+72 st 300 4 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home) 14.5 (Shaft overhang at SE) st+14.5

3.2

(9.9)

36

15

12

105

Actuator height : 55

40

95

(view A)

55

0.5 (62) (72) 54

40

Standard

25

2.5

0.5

T-slot pitch: 26 (For mounting actuator, 3 places)

30 40

6-M6 depth 15 (for mounting work piece)

44

10

0.5

54

0.5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

25

19

67.5

st+14.5

36

Details of T-slot

4.3

55

15

12

0.5

25

7.3

1.8

4.3

Splash Proof

72.5

Controllers
m

2.5

(Standard) Topmounted GS4 GS2 LeftActuator Rightmounted mounted GS3 Bottommounted

44

10

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RGS5C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 60W 334 284 L 100W 352 302 188 138 60W m 100W
Weight (kg) 2.5 2.8 150 384 402 238 92 110 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.3 200 434 452 288 250 484 502 338 300 534 552 388

PMEC /AMEC
RCS2-RGS5C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 60W 356.5 406.5 L 100W 374.5 424.5 188 138 60W m 100W
Weight (kg) 2.8 3.1

150 200 456.5 506.5 474.5 524.5 288 238 164.5 182.5 3.5 3.9

250 556.5 574.5 338

300 606.5 624.5 388

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

Guide mounting direction (as viewed from view A)

4.2

4.6

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


Maximum 360VA * Single-axis model operated at 150W P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-601-NP-2-3 SCON-C-10012-NP-2-3 Serial Communication Type

Operable with the same controls as the solenoid valve.

7 points Single-Phase AC 100V 64 points Single-Phase AC 200V () 3-Phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-601-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-10012-NP-2-3

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-4-1-601-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-10012-N1-EEE-2-5

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RGS5C

252

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Built-In Model

RCS2-RGS4D
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

RGS4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type


(1)

Technical References

P. A-5

INT

Notes on Selection

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

(2) (3)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGS4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Foot bracket Home sensor Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)

A-29 A-32 A-33 A-38

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 10mm, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

253

RCS2-RGS4D

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

10 (guide rod OD)

20 (rod OD)

22 M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

ME 3

SE Home 3 st

ME *2 11 41 (st+74) st 3

ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L

Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini


m

9 63

(st+11) 1

19 16

Standard

Gripper/ Rotary Type


48 50 81

36.5

81 59

44

55

37

15

Bracket A 19 (width across ats) 30 50 Nut A

36 (width across ats) Bracket B

Nut B

47 (width across ats)

Secure at least 100

26

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

40 50

Cable joint connector *1

Bracket A
C
6-M5 through-hole

Bracket B
44-M5

Splash Proof

4-

Nut A
50 36.5 81
M301.5

Nut B
0.2
M401.5

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
.8 52

36.5 59

20 30

15

29 37

RCS2-RGS4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 200 20W 263.5 313.5 363.5 413.5 L 30W 328.5 378.5 428.5 278.5 295 195 245 145 58.5 20W m 73.5 30W
Weight (kg) 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9

22

15

26

250 463.5 478.5 345

300 513.5 528.5 395

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

10

10 26.5

38

10

50

2.1

2.3

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

RCS2-RGS4D does not come in a brake-equipped configuration.

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


Maximum 360VA * Single-axis model operated at 150W P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-201-NP-2-2 SCON-C-30D1-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with the same controls as the solenoid valve.

7 points Single-Phase AC 100V 64 points Single-Phase AC 200V () 3-Phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-2 SSEL-C-1-30D1-NP-2-2

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-3-1-201-N1-EEE-2-4 XSEL-3-1-30D1-N1-EEE-2-4

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RGS4D

254

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 75mm Width 200V Servo Motor Short-Length Model

RCS2-SRGS7BD
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

SRGS7BD
Type

I
Encoder I : Incremental Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor 150 : 150W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

Technical References
O
INT
(1) (2) (3)

P. A-5

When operated at the rated acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the rated acceleration. When operated at the maximum acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the maximum acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-82) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead (mm) Load Capacity at Max. Load Capacity at Rated Max. Rated Acceleration Acceleration Acceleration Acceleration Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical (G) (G) (kg) (kg) (kg) (kg) Rated Thrust (N)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke
(mm) Stroke Lead

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-SRGS7BD-I-60-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGS7BD-I-60-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGS7BD-I-60-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGS7BD-I-100-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGS7BD-I-100-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGS7BD-I-100-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGS7BD-I-150-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGS7BD-I-150-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGS7BD-I-150-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4 16 150 8 4

0.25 0.15 0.05 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.1

5 10 20 10 22 40 15 35 55

1.5 4.5 9.5 3 8.5 19 6 14 22

0.35 0.25 0.15 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.3 0.2

2.5 5 10 5 10 20 7.5 17.5 27.5

0.5 2 4.5 1 4 8.5 2.5 6.5 10.5

63 127 254 103 207 414 157 314 628 50300


(50mm increments)

16 8 4

800 400 200


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke

2 Compatible controller

3 Cable length

4 Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 60W 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price Motor Output (W) 100W

3 Cable List
Type 150W Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code A1 A3 B FT GS2 GS4 See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Foot bracket Guide mounting direction

A-25 A-25 A-29 P256

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Single guide (guide rod diameter 16, Ball bush type) 35mm 0.1 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

255

RCS2-SRGS7BD

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*The SRGS7BD is not available in reversed-home configuration, due to its construction. *1. *2.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini

The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ST: Stroke SE: Stroke end ME: Mechanical end

Note:
A slit is provided in the side of the actuator body to prevent pauses due to forward/backward operation. Please make a separate request for a dustproof/splashproof model.

6-M6 Dept 25

Home *2

8 (11) 100W 15 (18) for 50st 150W 27 (30) for 50st

Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

(view A)

* For brake-equipped model, see standard type (see P242)


Secure at least 100 * The value inside ( ) is the dimension for the extended rod tip model.
Cable joint connector *1

Mini Standard

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

r-M5, depth 12

(300)

(Standard) Topmounted GS4 GS2 LeftActuator Rightmounted mounted GS3 Bottommounted


Guide mounting direction (as viewed from view A)

px50 pitch

Splash Proof

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke 60W L 100W 150W 60W m n p r Weight (kg) 60W 100W 150W 100W 150W 50 126 133 145 69 76 88 25 0 4 3.5 3.7 4 100 176 176 176 119 119 119 35 0 4 4.1 4.3 4.5 150 226 226 226 169 169 169 35 1 6 4.8 4.9 5.1 200 276 276 276 219 219 219 35 2 8 5.4 5.6 5.8 250 326 326 326 269 269 269 35 3 10 6.1 6.2 6.4 300 376 376 376 319 319 319 35 4 12 6.7 6.9 7.1

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


Maximum 360VA * Single-axis model operated at 150W P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-1I-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with the same controls as the solenoid valve.

7 points Single-Phase AC 100V 64 points Single-Phase AC 200V () 3-Phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated for Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-1I-NP-2-2

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-3-1-1I-N1-EEE-2-4

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

Note:

The SRGS7BD type actuator cannot be connected to the 5th and 6th axes of the XSEL-P/Q controller.

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a place holder for the motor output (W) (60, 100, 150). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-SRGS7BD

256

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Coupled

RCS2-RGD4C
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

RGD4C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(*1)

(*1)

Except all 20W models and 30W 3mm lead models


P. A-5

Technical References
(1)

INT O

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 3mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration/deceleration model (3mm-lead excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

(2)

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection
(3)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4C- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Name Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1) Home sensor (*2) Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back) Option Code B FT HA HS NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Actuator Specifications
A-25 A-29 A-32 A-32 A-33 A-38
Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

Servo Motor (200V)

Linear Servo Motor

(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 20W models and 30W model with 3mm lead. (*2) The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

257

RCS2-RGD4C

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard

20 (rod OD)

10 (guide rod OD)

[No Brake]

22 M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

11 41 (st+74)

st

Secure at least 100

ME

Home SE 3 st

ME*2

47 (width across ats)

ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L (st+11) 1 19 16 m

Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type


52.8

Cable joint connector *1

52.8 37 30

9 Bracket A 19 (width across ats) 63

Mini
40

110 100 88 73 20

37

50

48

Standard

110

Nut B 20 29 Nut A 36 (width across ats) Bracket B L 9 Bracket A 19 (width across ats) 63 (st+11) 1 47 19 16 m

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

[Brake-Equipped]

37

(50)

(48)

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RGD4C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 200 20W 285.5 335.5 385.5 435.5 L 30W 300.5 350.5 400.5 450.5 295 195 245 145 80.5 20W m 95.5 30W
Weight (kg) 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 250 485.5 500.5 345 300 535.5 550.5 395

Splash Proof

Nut B 8-M5 through-hole

4-

4-

Bracket A

Bracket B 4-M5

Nut A

36 (width across ats) Bracket B

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

88 26.5 20 26.5

Nut A
110 100
M301.5

Nut B
.2 M401.5 40
5 2.8

2.6

2.8

20 30

15

29 37

38

10

50

RCS2-RGD4C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 328.5 378.5 L 30W 343.5 393.5 195 145 20W m 30W
Weight (kg) 2.0 2.2

150 200 428.5 478.5 443.5 493.5 295 245 123.5 138.5 2.4 2.6

250 528.5 543.5 345

300 578.5 593.5 395

2.8

3.0

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-201-NP-2-3 SCON-C-30D12-NP-2-3 Serial Communication Type

Operable with the same controls as the solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. * When operating a 150W single-axis model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-30D12-NP-2-3

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-4-1-201-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-30D12-N1-EEE-2-5

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RGD4C

258

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Single Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Built-In Model

RCS2-RGD5C
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

RGD5C
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

For High Acceleration/Deceleration


(*1)

(*1)

Except all 60W models and 100W 4mm lead models


P. A-5

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type


(1)

Technical References

INT O

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity values are based on 0.3G acceleration for the standard model (0.2G for 4mm-lead), and 1G acceleration for the high-acceleration/deceleration models (4mm-lead excluded). (The values in the table below are the upper limits, even if the acceleration/deceleration is decreased.) The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

(2)

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection
(3)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 63.8 127.5 255.1 105.8 212.7 424.3

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 250
(50mm increments)

300
(mm)

RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -60-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -60-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -60-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -100-16- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -100-8- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD5C- 1 -100-4- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4

12.0 25.0 50.0 15.0 30.0 60.0

1.3 4.3 10.8 2.8 8.3 17.3

16 8 50 300
(50mm increments)

800 400 200

755 377 188


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 60W 100W Absolute Motor Output (W) 60W 100W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code A2 B FT HA See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Foot bracket High-acceleration/deceleration (*1)

A-25 A-25 A-29 A-32

(*1) The high-acceleration/deceleration option is not available for all 60W models and 100W model with 4mm lead.

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 12, Ball bush type) 30mm 0.08 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

259

RCS2-RGD5C

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*The RGD5C is not available in reversed-home configuration, due to its construction.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type

*1 The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end 25 19 67.5 st+14.5

13.5

[No Brake]
Details of the T-slot
4.3

36

Dimensions of the Supplied Nut


M4

10

12

Cable joint connector *1

55

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard


(62)

(9.9)

4.3 7.3

1.8

3.2

13.5 10

55

4-M6 (for mounting actuator)

8-M6 depth 15 (for mounting work piece) 51 Actuator width: 55 51 (4.8) ME

14.5 (shaft overhang at SE) st 4 SE Home ME*2 54 st+72 st 4 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home)

Actuator height : 55

0.5

0.5 (72) 54

54

44

30 40

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

0.5

44 40 40 130 147 157 (4.8) ME SE Home st 4 ME*2 54 40

10

L 14.5 (shaft overhang at SE) st+72 st

0.5

54

0.5

T-slot pitch: 26 (For mounting actuator, 2 places)

4 (Amount of shaft movement from ME to home)

[Brake-Equipped]

0.5

Splash Proof

72.5 44 10 L m

Controllers PMEC /AMEC

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
RCS2-RGD5C (without brake) Stroke 50 100 60W 334 284 L 100W 352 302 188 138 60W m 100W
Weight (kg) 2.7 3.0 150 384 402 238 92 110 3.4 3.8 4.2 5.5 200 434 452 288 250 484 502 338 300 524 552 388

RCS2-RGD5C (with brake) Stroke 50 100 60W 356.5 406.5 L 100W 374.5 424.5 188 138 60W m 100W Weight (kg) 3.3 3.0

150 200 456.5 506.5 474.5 524.5 288 238 164.5 182.5 3.7 4.1

250 556.5 574.5 338

300 606.5 624.5 388

PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2

4.5

5.8

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-601-NP-2-3 SCON-C-10012-NP-2-3 Serial Communication Type

Operable with the same controls as the solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. * When operating a 150W single-axis model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-601-NP-2-3 SSEL-C-1-10012-NP-2-3

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-4-1-601-N1-EEE-2-5 XSEL-4-1-10012-N1-EEE-2-5

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the code "HA" if the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified. * 3 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 4 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", "Q"). * 5 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RGD5C

260

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Built-In Model

RCS2-RGD4D
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

RGD4D
Type Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type


(1)

Technical References

P. A-5

INT O

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

(2) (3)

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4D- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

12 6 50 300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Encoder

2 Stroke

3 Compatible controller

4 Cable length

5 Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code FT HS NM TRR See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Foot bracket Home sensor Reversed-home Trunnion bracket (back)

A-29 A-32 A-33 A-38

* The home sensor (HS) cannot be used on the reversed-home models.

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 10, Ball bush type) 20mm 0.05 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

261

RCS2-RGD4D

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. *2. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini

10 (guide rod OD)

[No Brake]
20 (rod OD)

22

M401.5 (effective screw thread range 19.5)

ME 3

SE Home 3 st

ME*2 11 41 (st+74) st 3

47 (width across ats)

ME Home Shaft overhang at SE L

Cable joint connector *1

52.8 37 30 Bracket A 9 63

(st+11) 1

19 16

m 52.8

Secure at least 100

Standard

48

110 100 88 73 20

37

50

110

40

19 (width across ats)

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Nut B 20 29 Nut A 36 (width across ats) Bracket B

4-

8-M5 through-hole

4-

Bracket A

Bracket B 4-M5

Splash Proof

26.5

Nut A
110 100
M301.5

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Nut B
4 0.2
M401.5

26.5

2.8

20 30

15

29 37

RCS2-RGD4D (without brake) Stroke 50 100 150 200 20W 263.5 313.5 363.5 413.5 L 30W 328.5 378.5 428.5 278.5 295 195 245 145 58.5 20W m 73.5 30W
Weight (kg) 1.6 1.8 2.1 2.3

250 463.5 478.5 345

300 513.5 528.5 395

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP

88 20

38

10

50

2.5

2.7

ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

RCS2-RGD4D is not available in a brake-equipped configuration.

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-201-NP-2-2 SCON-C-30D1-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with the same controls as the solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. * When operating a 150W single-axis model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-2 SSEL-C-1-30D1-NP-2-2

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-3-1-201-N1-EEE-2-4 XSEL-3-1-30D1-N1-EEE-2-4

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RGD4D

262

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 75mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Short-Length Model

RCS2-SRGD7BD
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

SRGD7BD
Type

I
Encoder I : Incremental Motor 60 : 60W Servo Motor 100 : 100W Servo Motor 150 : 150W Servo Motor Lead 16 : 16mm 8 : 8mm 4 : 4mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Technical References
O
INT
(1) (2) (3)

P. A-5

When operated at the rated acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the rated acceleration. When operated at the maximum acceleration, the maximum load capacity is the load capacity at the maximum acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

Cleanroom Type

Notes on Selection

Splash Proof

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead (mm) Load Capacity at Rated Load Capacity at Max. Rated Max. Acceleration Acceleration Rated Thrust Acceleration Acceleration (N) Horizontal Horizontal (G) (G) Vertical (kg) Vertical (kg) (kg) (kg)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Stroke
(mm) Stroke Lead

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-SRGD7BD-I-60-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGD7BD-I-60-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGD7BD-I-60-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGD7BD-I-100-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGD7BD-I-100-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGD7BD-I-100-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGD7BD-I-150-16- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGD7BD-I-150-8- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 RCS2-SRGD7BD-I-150-4- 1 - 2 - 3 - 4


Legend

16 60 8 4 16 100 8 4 16 150 8 4

0.25 0.15 0.05 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.1

5 10 20 10 22 40 15 35 55

1 4 9 2.5 8 18.5 5.5 13.5 21.5

0.35 0.25 0.15 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.4 0.3 0.2

2.5 5 10 5 10 20 7.5 17.5 27.5

(N/A) 1.5 4 0.5 3.5 8 2 6 10

63 127 254 103 207 414 157 314 628 50300


(50mm increments)

16 8 4

800 400 200


(Unit: mm/s)

1 Stroke

2 Compatible controller

3 Cable length

4 Options

1 Stroke List
Stroke (mm) 60W 50 100 150 200 250 300 Standard Price Motor Output (W) 100W

3 Cable List
Type 150W Cable Symbol Standard Price

Pulse Motor

Servo Motor (24V)

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

4 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code A1 A3 B FT See Page Standard Price

Linear Servo Motor

Name Connector cable exit direction Brake Foot bracket

A-25 A-25 A-29

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Guide Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 12mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Double guide (guide rod diameter 16, Ball bush type) 35mm 0.08 deg 0 40C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

263

RCS2-SRGD7BD

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*The SRGD7BD is not available in reversed-home configuration, due to its construction.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated

8-M6, depth 25

4-M6, depth 9

Home *2

Rod Type

Secure at least 100 * The value inside ( ) is the dimension for the extended rod tip model.

* For brake-equipped model, see standard type (see P242)

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type

8 11 15 (18) for 100W-50ST 27 (30) for 150W-50ST


Note:
A slit is provided in the side of the actuator body to prevent pauses due to forward/backward operation. Please make a separate request for a dustproof/splash-proof model.

Mini Standard

Cable joint connector *1

Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

*1: *2

The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. When homing, the rod moves to the mechanical end position; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ST: Stroke SE: Stroke end ME: Mechanical end

300

Cleanroom Type

r-M5, dept 12

px50 pitch

Splash Proof

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
Stroke 60W L 100W 150W 60W m n p r Weight (kg) 60W 100W 150W 100W 150W 50 126 133 145 69 76 88 25 0 4 4.3 4.5 4.8 100 176 176 176 119 119 119 35 0 4 5 5.1 5.3 150 226 226 226 169 169 169 35 1 6 5.7 5.9 6.1 200 276 276 276 219 219 219 35 2 8 6.4 6.6 6.8 250 326 326 326 269 269 269 35 3 10 7.2 7.3 7.5 300 376 376 376 319 319 319 35 4 12 7.9 8 8.2

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON

2 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-1I-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with the same controls as the solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. * When operating a 150W single-axis model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes * * * * *

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-1I-NP-2-2

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-3-1-1I-N1-EEE-2-4

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

Note:

The SRGD7BD type actuator cannot be connected to the 5th and 6th axis of the XSEL-P/Q controller.

For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. 1 is a place holder for the motor output (W) (60, 100, 150). 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-SRGD7BD

264

Slider Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard Gripper/ Rotary Type Linear Servo Type

RCS2

ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder Rod Type with Double Guide 37mm Diameter 200V Servo Motor Side-Mounted Motor

RCS2-RGD4R
Configuration:

RCS2
Series

RGD4R
Type

I
Encoder I : Incremental A : Absolute Motor 20 : 20W Servo Motor 30 : 30W Servo Motor Lead 12 : 12mm 6 : 6mm 3 : 3mm Stroke 50 : 50mm 300 : 300mm (50mm pitch increments)
Compatible Controllers

T1 : XSEL-J/K T2 : SCON SSEL XSEL-P/Q

* See page Pre-35 for an explanation of the naming convention.

Cable Length N : None P : 1m S : 3m M : 5m X : Custom R : Robot cable

Option See Options below

Technical References
(1)

P. A-5

INT
(2) (3)

When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire. The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model). This is the upper limit of the acceleration. The values for the horizontal load capacity assume the use of an external guide, so that there is no external force from any direction other than the forward/backward direction of the rod. See the technical resources (page A-83) for the allowable weight using the supplied guide alone.

P
Cleanroom Type Splash Proof Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2 PCON ACON SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL XSEL

Notes on Selection

Actuator Specifications Lead and Load Capacity


Model Motor Output (W) Lead
(mm)

Stroke and Maximum Speed


Max. Load Capacity
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)

Rated Thrust (N) 18.9 37.7 75.4 28.3 56.6 113.1

Stroke
(mm) Lead

Stroke

50 300
(50mm increments)

RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -20-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -20-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -20-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -30-12- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -30-6- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 RCS2-RGD4R- 1 -30-3- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5
Legend:

12 20 6 3 12 30 6 3

3.0 6.0 12.0 4.0 9.0 18.0

0.5 1.5 3.5 1.0 2.5 6.0

12 6 50300
(50mm increments)

600 300 150


(Unit: mm/s)

Encoder

Stroke

Compatible controller

Cable length

Options

Encoder & Stroke List


Standard Price 1 Encoder 2 Stroke (mm) Incremental Motor Output (W) 20W 30W Absolute Motor Output (W) 20W 30W

4 Cable List
Type Cable Symbol Standard Price

50 100 150 200 250 300

Pulse Motor

P (1m) Standard S (3m) M (5m) X06 (6m) Special Lengths X11 (11m) X16 (16m) R01 (1m) R04 (4m) Robot Cable R06 (6m) R11 (11m) R16 (16m)

X10 (10m) X15 (15m) X20 (20m) R03 (3m) R05 (5m) R10 (10m) R15 (15m) R20 (20m)

* See page A-39 for cables for maintenance.

Servo Motor (24V)

5 Option List
Servo Motor (200V)

Actuator Specifications
Option Code B FT FLR HS NM QR RP See Page Standard Price

Name Brake Foot bracket Flange bracket (back) Home sensor Reversed-home Clevis Bracket Back-mounting plate

Linear Servo Motor

A-25 A-29 A-28 A-32 A-33 A-34 A-35

Item Drive System Positioning Repeatability Lost Motion Base Rod Diameter Non-rotating accuracy of rod Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity

Description Ball screw 10mm C10 grade 0.02mm 0.1mm or less Material: Aluminum (white alumite treated) 20mm 1.0 deg 040C, 85% RH or less (non-condensing)

265

RCS2-RGD4R

RCS2
Dimensions

ROBO Cylinder
Slider Type

For Special Orders


*1. The motor-encoder cable is connected here. See page A-39 for details on cables. *2. When homing, the rod moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects. ME: Mechanical end SE: Stroke end *3. The orientation of the bolt will vary depending on the product.

P. A-9

Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Rod Type Mini Standard Controllers Integrated Table/Arm /Flat Type Mini Standard

[No Brake]

41 9

33

20

Bracket A
40

Bracket B m

P 26 9.5

Secure at least 100

20 (Rod OD)

Cable joint connector *1

98.5

ME

3 SE Home

3 ME

Nut A

48

st

50

Nut A

48

Gripper/ Rotary Type


M10 1.25 Depth 18

29

20

30
20 73 88 100 110

37

19 (width across ats) 11 (st+74) st 3

50.5

Linear Servo Type Cleanroom Type

Dimensions/Weight by Stroke
P 47

20 (Rod OD)

[Brake-Equipped]
Bracket A 8-M5 through-hole Bracket B

26

9.5

4-

4-M5

ME

st 3 SE Home

3 Nut A ME

Nut A

4-

RCS2-RGD4R (without brake) Stroke 50 100 20W 227 277 L 30W 227 277 133 188 20W m 30W 20W P 30W
Weight (kg) 1.9 2.2

150 327 327 233

200 377 377 288

250 427 427 333

300 477 477 383

Splash Proof

80.5 95.5 113.5 128.5 2.3 2.6 2.7 250 427 427 333 3.0 300 477 477 383

48

50

Controllers PMEC /AMEC PSEP /ASEP ROBO NET ERC2


2.9 3.2

88 26.5 20 26.5

19 (width across ats)

20 30

15

37

29

11

st

(st+74)

RCS2-RGD4R (with brake) Stroke 50 100 277 20W 227 L 277 30W 227 188 133 20W m 30W 20W P 30W
Weight (kg) 2.1 2.4

150 200 377 327 377 327 288 233 123.5 138.5 156.5 171.5 2.5 2.8

110 100

PCON ACON

3 Compatible Controllers
The RCS2 series actuators can operate with the controllers below. Select the controller according to your usage.
Name External View Model Description Positioning is possible for up to 512 points Max. Positioning Points Input Voltage Power Supply Capacity Standard Price See Page

SCON PSEL ASEL SSEL


P547

Positioner Mode

512 points

Solenoid Valve Mode SCON-C-201-NP-2-2 SCON-C-30D1-NP-2-2 Serial Communication Type

Operable with the same controls as the solenoid valve.

7 points

XSEL

Dedicated to serial communication

64 points

Single-Phase AC 100V Single-Phase AC 200V

360VA max. *When operating a 150W single-axis model

Pulse Train Input Control Type

Dedicated to Pulse Train Input Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 2 axes Programmed operation is possible Operation is possible on up to 6 axes

()

Three-phase AC 200V (XSEL-P/Q only)

Pulse Motor

Program Control 1-2 Axes Type

SSEL-C-1-201-NP-2-2 SSEL-C-1-30D1-NP-2-2

20000 points

P577

Servo Motor (24V)

Program Control 1-6 Axes Type

XSEL-3-1-201-N1-EEE-2-4 XSEL-3-1-30D1-N1-EEE-2-4

20000 points

P587

Servo Motor (200V)

* For SSEL and XSEL, only applicable to the single-axis model. * 1 is a placeholder for the encoder type (I: incremental / A: absolute). * 2 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V). * 3 is a placeholder for the XSEL type name ("J", "K", "P", or "Q"). * 4 is a placeholder for the power supply voltage (1: 100V, 2: single-phase 200V, or 3: three-phase 200V).

Linear Servo Motor

RCS2-RGD4R

266